january - june 2002 number 32 · helen van houten editorial assistant pam mwagore editorial board...

98
January - June 2002 Number 32

Upload: others

Post on 16-Oct-2020

7 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

January - June 2002 Number 32

Page 2: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

journal of the African Elephant, African Rhinoand Asian Rhino Specialist Groups

January–June 2002 No. 32

EditorHelen van Houten

Editorial AssistantPam Mwagore

Editorial BoardHolly DublinEsmond MartinLeo NiskanenRobert OlivierNico van StrienLucy Vigne

Design and layoutDamary Odanga

Address all correspondence,including enquiries aboutsubscription, to

The Editor, PachydermPO Box 68200, 0100 GPONairobi, Kenyatel: +254 2 576461fax: +254 2 570385email: [email protected] site: www.iucn.org/afesg

The production ofPachyderm isfinanced by the USFish and WildlifeService and theEuropeanCommission.

Cover: In Samburu National Park, Kenya

Photo: Julian Blanc

S P E C I E SS U R V I V A L

C O M M I S S I O N

The World Conservation UnionIUCN

1 Chair reports / Rapports desPrésidents

1 African Elephant Specialist Group / Groupedes Spécialistes des Eléphants d’AfriqueHolly T. Dublin

6 African Rhino Specialist Group / Groupe desSpécialistes des Rhinos d’AfriqueMartin Brooks

9 Asian Rhino Specialist Group / Groupe desSpécialistes des Rhinos d’AsieMohd Khan bin Momin Khan with Thomas J.Foose and Nico van Strien

12 Research and review

12 Conflits homme–éléphant autour de la Forêtclassée du Haut-Sassandra (Côte d’Ivoire)Soulemane Ouattara

22 Miscounted population of the southern whiterhinoceros (Ceratotherium simum simum) inthe early 19th century?Kees Rookmaaker

29 Elephant diet at the edge of the FynbosBiome, South AfricaAntoni V. Milewski

39 Recent translocation of elephant family unitsfrom Sweetwaters Rhino Sanctuary to MeruNational Park, KenyaPatrick Omondi, Elizabeth Wambwa, FrancisGakuya, Elphas Bitok, David Ndeere,Thomas Manyibe, Patrick Ogola and JohnKanyingi

49 Statut et tendances des effectifs d’éléphantsdans les aires protégées d l’Est du BurkinaFasoPhilippe Bouché, C.G. Lungren and L.K.Ouedraogo

55 Aerial elephant count in the Shimba Hillsecosystem, KenyaMoses Litoroh

ISSN 1026 2881

EUROPEAN COMMISSION

Production of thisissue of Pachydermis also supported bythe InternationalElephant Foundation

Page 3: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

January–June 2002 No. 32

journal of the African Elephant,

African Rhino and

Asian Rhino Specialist Groups

64 Field notes

64 High incidence of elephant twin births in Tarangire National Park, TanzaniaCharles A.H. Foley

67 Clinical treatment of a leg problem in an adult bull elephantD.G. Mpanduji, R.H. Mdegela, E.K. Btamuzi, M.M.A. Mtambo and S.B.P.Bittegeko

69 MIKE implementation in BotswanaThato Barbara Morule

72 Elephant status and conservation in the Upper Bandama Game Reserve,Ivory CoastPhilippe Bouché

73 Erratum

74 Fifth meeting of the African Elephant Specialist GroupLeo Niskanen

78 Book review

78 The South and South East Asian ivory markets, by Esmond Martin andDaniel Stilesreview by Kees Rookmaaker

81 Notes from the African Rhino Specialist Group

81 The Crown vs. Peter McIntyre and five othersMickey Reilly

83 Black rhino crisis in ZimbabweRaoul du Toit

85 Renewed threat to Kenya’s rhino conservation effortsMartin Mulama

87 Reintroduction of white rhinos to the Moremi Game ReserveMoremi Tjibae

88 Tsavo East and Ngulia rhino populations countedMartin Mulama and Benson Okita

89 SADC regional programme for rhino conservation—updateRob Brett

90 Horn fingerprinting technique updateRajan J. Amin and Richard H. Emslie

91 Training in radio collar assembly, telemetry and GPS for Tsavo ecosystemrhino staffBenson Okita and Martin Mulama

93 The AfESG Small Grants Programme

94 Guidelines for contributors

Page 4: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 1

The AfESG meetingThe fifth members’ meeting of the IUCN/SSC Afri-can Elephant Specialist Group took place in ShabaNational Reserve in Kenya from 28 January to 1 Feb-ruary 2002. In true AfESG fashion, the meeting wasboth productive and enjoyable, which made all thehard work done by the AfESG Secretariat in themonths leading up to the meeting seem worthwhile.This year’s meeting consisted of a number of presen-tations and working sessions, which provided valu-able guidance to the AfESG Secretariat, workinggroups and task forces on a number of technical is-sues that will need to be tackled in the future. Topicsdiscussed included conservation and managementimplications of multiple species of African elephant;listing of the African elephant using the IUCN RedList criteria; human–elephant conflict; illegal killingand trade; elephant translocation and reintroductionguidelines; and development of national and subre-gional elephant conservation strategies. A report sum-marizing the main discussions is found on page 74 ofthis issue.

Meeting of the Data Review TaskForceThe Data Review Task Force, which oversees theAfrican Elephant Database (AED) on behalf ofAfESG members, met in Naivasha, Kenya, from 30November to 2 December 2001. A number of im-

La réunion du GSEAfLa cinquième réunion du Groupe des Spécialistes desEléphants d’Afrique de la CSE/UICN s’est dérouléedans la Réserve Nationale de Shaba, au Kenya, du 28janvier au 1er février 2002. Typiquement GSEAf, laréunion fut à la fois productive et agréable, ce qui justifiele dur labeur produit par le Secrétariat du GSEAf dansles mois qui ont précédé la réunion. La réunion de cetteannée se composait d’un certain nombre deprésentations et de réunions de travail, qui ont fourniau Secrétariat du Groupe, aux groupes de travail et auxexécutants, des conseils appréciables sur de nombreusesquestions techniques qui devront être abordées àl’avenir. Les sujets traités incluent les implications, enmatière de conservation et de gestion, du fait que lesespèces d’éléphants africains sont plusieurs ;l’inscription de l’éléphant d’Afrique en utilisant lescritères de la Liste Rouge de l’UICN ; les conflitshommes-éléphants ; les massacres illégaux et le trafic ;les directives en matière de translocations et deréintroductions d’éléphants ; et le développement destratégies de conservation des éléphants nationales etsous-régionales. Un rapport qui résume les principalesdiscussions se trouve en page 74 de ce numéro.

Réunion des Responsables de laRévision des DonnéesLes responsables des Données qui s’occupent de la Basede Données sur l’Eléphant d’Afrique (BDEA) pour les

African Elephant Specialist Group reportRapport de Groupe des Spéclialistes des Eléphants d’Afrique

Holly T. Dublin, Chair / Président

PO Box 68200, Nairobi, Kenyaemail: [email protected]

CHAIR REPORTSRAPPORTS DES PRESIDENTS

Page 5: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

2 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

provements for future editions of AED publicationswere agreed upon, including merging previous da-tabase updates with future information into a single,integrated database. New systems are also beingimplemented to automate, to the greatest extent pos-sible, the production of reports from the new inte-grated database. These reports will form the basis offuture AED publications, which will henceforth bepublished under the new title African Elephant Sta-tus Report (AESR). It will contain tables describingand explaining changes in numbers or range betweeneditions at site, national, regional and continental lev-els. A brief descriptive history of elephant popula-tions in each country will be added. Other suggestednew features include charts describing the quality ofthe information available for each country and region,a new chapter on carcass ratios, and improvementsin the way that elephant range is depicted. Finally,the plan is to link reference tables from the AfricanElephant Database to the African Elephant Bibliog-raphy, and to integrate survey reports and other AEDsource data into the African Elephant Library.

In January 2002 the conservation programme ofthe Environmental Systems Researcher Institute(ESRI), the developers of ArcView and ArcInfo GISsoftware, awarded the AED an in-kind grant consist-ing of ESRI’s most advanced GIS software worth overUSD 20,000. This new software will greatly improveAED analytical and technical capabilities.

MIKE updateActivities of the CITES Monitoring of Illegal Killingof Elephants (MIKE) programme have picked upconsiderably since the last update. The subregionalsupport officers, who will help implement MIKEat site, national and subregional levels, have beenrecruited and are busy training range-state staff inhow to implement it. Savannah and forest proto-cols have been harmonized with help from theMIKE Technical Advisory Group, and agreementis widespread that collection of the data that MIKErequires needs to get under way at all sites. The planis to have population data for every site by the middleof 2003.

The first round of subregional training in monitor-ing law enforcement is nearly complete and will befollowed soon by data management training. The fi-nal training stage will consist of population surveywork.

membres du GSEAf se sont réunis à Naivasha, auKenya, du 30 novembre au 2 décembre 2001. Ils sesont mis d’accord sur plusieurs améliorations à apporteraux éditions futures de la publication de la BDEA, ycompris la fusion des mises à jour précédentes de labase de données avec les nouvelles informations, pourformer une seule base de données intégrée. On est aussien train de mettre au point de nouveaux systèmes quipermettront d’automatiser, autant que faire se peut, laproduction des rapports de la nouvelle base de donnéesintégrée. Ces rapports constitueront la base des futurespublications de la BDEA qui paraîtront désormais sousle nouveau titre African Elephant Status Report (AESR).Il contiendra des tableaux qui décriront et expliquerontles changements de nombre ou de répartition entre leséditions, au niveau des sites, du pays, de la région et ducontinent. On y ajoutera une brève description historiquedes populations d’éléphants dans chaque pays. On aaussi suggéré d’y ajouter des graphiques décrivant laqualité des informations disponibles pour chaque paysou région, un nouveau chapitre sur les ratios de car-casses, et des améliorations de la façon dont la distri-bution des éléphants est décrite. Enfin, on voudrait lierles tables de références de la Base de Données del’Eléphant d’Afrique à la Bibliographie sur l’éléphantd’Afrique et intégrer les rapports de recherches et lesautres sources de données de la Base de données dansla African Elephant Library.

En janvier 2002, le programme de conservation del’Environmental Systems Researcher Institute (ESRI)—ceux qui ont mis au point les programmes ArcViewet ArcInfo GIS—ont récompensé la BDEA d’un prixen nature sous la forme du programme GIS le plusavancé du ESRI, d’une valeur de plus de 20.000 USD.Ce nouveau programme va grandement améliorer lescapacités analytiques et techniques de la BDEA.

Mise à jour de MIKELes activités du Programme CITES de Contrôle desMassacres Illégaux d’Eléphants (Monitoring of IllegalKilling of Elephants—MIKE) ont pris une ampleurconsidérable depuis la dernière mise à jour. Lesresponsables sous-régionaux du soutien, qui vont aiderà mettre MIKE en pratique au niveau du site, du pays etde la sous-région, ont été recrutés et sont déjà occupésà former du personnel dans les pays de l’aire derépartition sur la façon de l’appliquer. Les protocolespour la savane et pour la forêt ont été harmonisés avecl’aide du Groupe de conseil technique de MIKE, et il

Page 6: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 3

Human–elephant conflict task forceLast year the AfESG’s Human–Elephant ConflictTask Force submitted a proposal to the World WideFund for Nature’s (WWF) African ElephantProgramme for mitigating human–elephant conflictat 10 sites across the continent. The proposal, whichwas approved in March 2002, aims to reduce levelsof conflict by training human–elephant conflict man-agers over the next three years in the latest mitiga-tion methods. A secondary aim of the project is totest and improve the new human–elephant conflictdecision support system, data collection protocol andtraining manual for enumerators of elephant damage.

Another project under way is the production ofmaps from satellite images of human–elephant con-flict sites with the help of a geographic informationsystem. Producing up-to-date, standardized maps ofsufficient resolution to show crop fields, villages,corridors of elephant movement between natural habi-tats, fencing and habitat types will be useful for de-signing strategies to reduce human–elephant conflict.Maps are currently being generated for three sites inKenya, Zambia and Guinea-Conakry. If the exerciseproves successful it is hoped that this methodologywill be applied widely across the continent.

AfESG Web siteSince the last report the AfESG Web site www.iucn.org/afesg has been updated and improved. For in-stance, the human–elephant conflict decision supportsystem is now available in both French and Englishand the ‘Frequently asked questions about elephants’section has been expanded. Links to important docu-ments such as the ‘Review of African elephant con-servation priorities’ and new photographs have alsobeen added. These improvements are already start-ing to bear fruit as demonstrated by the high numberof ‘hits’ that the site is receiving. According to statis-tics provided by IUCN, the AfESG site regularly fea-tures among the top 10 most-visited IUCN SSC Websites.

Elephant translocations

Early last year the Senegalese National Parks Ser-vice contacted the AfESG Secretariat regarding theproposed translocation of 12 to 15 elephants from ArlyNational Park in Burkina Faso to Niokolo Koba Na-tional Park in Senegal. AfESG has stressed that the

est généralement reconnu que la récolte de données dontMIKE a besoin doit démarrer sur tous les sites. Le butest de disposer de données sur les populations pourchaque site au milieu de 2003.

Le premier cycle de formation sous-régionale aucontrôle de l’application des lois est presque terminéet il sera suivi sous peu par la formation à la gestiondes données. Le stage final de la formation consisteraen un travail d’étude de population.

Force spéciale chargée des conflitshommes–éléphantsL’année dernière, le groupe du GSEAf chargé desconflits hommes–éléphants a soumis une propositionau Programme pour l’Eléphant d’Afrique du FondsMondial pour la Nature (WWF) destinée à réduireles conflits hommes–éléphants en 10 endroits du con-tinent. La proposition, adoptée en mars 2002, vise àréduire l’importance de ces conflits par la formation,pendant les trois prochaines années, de gestionnairesdes conflits aux dernières méthodes de mitigation. Unobjectif secondaire du projet consiste à tester et àaméliorer le nouveau système de support des décisionsdans les conflits hommes-éléphants, le protocole derécolte des données et le manuel de formation pourles descriptions des dommages.

Un autre projet en cours est la production de cartes àpartir d’images satellite des sites des conflits, au moyend’un système d’information géographique. Il sera trèsutile de produire des cartes standardisées, actualiséeset d’une résolution suffisamment fine pour montrer leschamps, les villages, les corridors de déplacements deséléphants entre leurs habitats naturels, les clôtures etles divers types d’habitats, pour élaborer des stratégiesdestinées à réduire les conflits hommes–éléphants. Onest en train de préparer les cartes pour trois sites, auKenya, en Zambie et en Guinée-Conakry. Si l’exercices’avère fructueux, on espère que cette méthodologiepourra être appliquée à l’échelle du continent.

Site Internet du GSEAfLe site Internet du GSEAf http://iucn.org/afesg a étéremis à jour et amélioré depuis le dernier rapport. Parexemple, le système de support des décisions dans lesconflits hommes–éléphants est maintenant disponibleen français et en anglais et la section « questionsfréquemment posées au sujet des éléphants » a étéélargie. On a aussi ajouté des liens avec des documentsimportants tels que « Review of African elephant con-

Page 7: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

4 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

two range states must ensure that a professional tech-nical evaluation of the feasibility of the exercise isconducted at both the donor and the recipient sitesbefore the translocation proceeds. Detailed terms ofreference for the evaluation team have now been sentto the project proponents. In the meantime the AfESGSecretariat has been in touch with several transloca-tion experts regarding the proposed evaluation, andwe hope that a team composed of relevant technicalexperts will be ready to visit the two sites by the timefunding for the exercise comes through.

This is unlikely to be the last time that AfESG isapproached for a technical opinion on the feasibilityof elephant reintroductions or translocations. Suchassessments would greatly benefit from the existenceof formal technical guidelines giving advice on themany factors that need to be taken into account whenplanning such moves. The new AfESG Reintroduc-tion Task Force (RTF), which will help to producethese guidelines, plans to hold its first meeting in thenext few months. The RTF will start its work by re-viewing case studies of past elephant translocationsand will consult a number of technical experts be-fore making its final recommendations. If all goeswell, and if sufficient funds can be made available,the guidelines should be ready within 12 to 18 monthsafter the first RTF meeting.

West Africa programme officeAt the time of the last report Lamine Sebogo, theAfESG Programme Officer for West Africa, had justfinished a tour of the West African range states topromote the West African elephant conservation strat-egy. Since then most of the range states have ap-pointed focal points to implement the strategy andmany have begun formulating national plans for con-serving and managing their elephant populations. InJanuary a workshop was held in Ouagadougou to dis-cuss the development of a national elephant strategyfor Burkina Faso. Côte d’Ivoire, Niger and Togo areall expected to hold similar workshops in the nearfuture.

In an effort to keep the momentum going, AfESGrecently approached the US Fish and Wildlife Ser-vice for additional funds for AfESG to continue ad-vocating strategy implementation and to introducethe strategy to the relevant authorities in Guinea-Bissau, Liberia and Sierra Leone, which were not vis-ited during the previous promotional tour because of

servation priorities » et de nouvelles photos. Cesaméliorations sont déjà en train de porter des fruits,comme le montre le grand nombre de « hits » que reçoitle site. D’après les statistiques fournies par l’UICN, lesite du GSEAf figure régulièrement au Top 10 des sitesweb les plus visités de la CSE de l’UICN.

Translocations d’éléphantsAu début de l’année dernière, le Service des ParcsNationaux sénégalais a contacté le Secrétariat duGSEAf au sujet du projet de translocation de 12 à 15éléphants du Parc National d’Arly au Burkina Faso versle Parc National de Niokolo Koba au Sénégal. LeGSEAF insistait pour que les deux états de l’aire derépartition s’assurent qu’il y ait une évaluation tech-nique professionnelle de la faisabilité de cette opération,aussi bien dans le site de départ que dans celui d’arrivée,avant de procéder à la translocation. On a maintenantenvoyé à ceux qui ont présenté le projet les termes deréférences détaillés de l’équipe qui va faire cetteévaluation. Entre-temps, le Secrétariat du GSEAf estentré en contact avec plusieurs experts de la transloca-tion au sujet de l’évaluation en question, et nousespérons qu’une équipe composée d’experts techniquescompétents sera prête à visiter les deux sites au mo-ment où le financement de cet exercice arrivera.

Il est probable que ce ne sera pas la dernière foisque le GSEAf est contacté pour un avis technique ausujet de la faisabilité de réintroductions ou de translo-cations d’éléphants. Ce genre d’évaluationsbénéficieraient grandement de l’existence de directivesdonnant des conseils au sujet des nombreux facteursqu’il faut prendre en compte lorsqu’on prévoit de telsdéplacements. La nouvelle Force Spéciale du GSEAfchargée des Réintroductions (FSR), qui va aider àrédiger ces directives, prévoit de tenir sa premièreréunion dans les prochains mois. La FSR commencerasa tâche en révisant les études de cas de translocationsd’éléphants antérieures et consultera de nombreux ex-perts techniques avant de faire ses recommandationsfinales. Si tout se passe bien, et si l’on peut disposer defonds suffisants, les directives pourraient être prêtes12 à 18 mois après la première réunion de la FSR.

Bureau des Programmes en Afriquede l’OuestLors de la parution du dernier rapport, Lamine Sebogo,le Responsable des Programmes pour l’Afrique del’Ouest venait de terminer une tournée dans les états

Page 8: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 5

insecurity at the time.

Central Africa programme office

Elie Hakizumwami, the Programme Officer for Cen-tral Africa, started work on 1 September 2001. Hismain focus has been to establish contact with AfESGmembers in the subregion and to coordinate with part-ner organizations. There is now need for a broaderperspective on elephant conservation challenges inCentral Africa and to strengthen the membership fromthe subregion as well as to identify the priority areaswhere AfESG can bring its technical expertise to bear.To achieve these objectives, we have requested addi-tional funds from our donors to enable Elie to under-take extensive travels in the subregion over the com-ing months.

AfESG office move

On 1 March 2002 the AfESG Secretariat moved fromits offices within the WWF Eastern Africa RegionalOffice in ACS Plaza in Nairobi to another office spaceon the second floor of the same building, right nextto the CITES MIKE office. Despite a few inevitableproblems associated with the office move, the Secre-tariat is now settled and fully functional in the newpremises. The new email, telephone and fax detailsare listed on the contents page.

ouest-africains de l’aire de répartition pour promouvoirla stratégie pour la conservation de l’éléphant en Afriquede l’Ouest. Depuis lors, la plupart de ces états ontnommé des points focaux pour appliquer la stratégie etbeaucoup ont commencé la rédaction de plans nationauxpour la conservation et la gestion de leurs populationsd’éléphants. En janvier, un atelier s’est tenu àOuagadougou pour discuter le développement d’unestratégie nationale pour l’éléphant au Burkina Faso. LaCôte d’Ivoire, le Niger et le Togo devraient aussi tenirdes ateliers semblables très prochainement.

Afin de maintenir l’élan observé, le GSEAf arécemment contacté le Fish and Wildlife Serviceaméricain pour qu’il accorde des fondssupplémentaires afin de continuer à défendre la miseen place de la stratégie et pour la présenter aussi auxautorités compétentes en Guinée-Bissau, au Liberiaet en Sierra Leone, pays qui n’ont pas été visités aucours du premier tour en raison de la grande insécurité.

Bureau des Programmes en AfriqueCentraleElie Hakizumwami, le Responsable des Programmespour l’Afrique Centrale, a commencé à travailler le1er septembre 2001. Son premier objectif fut d’établirdes contacts avec les membres du GSEAf de la sous-région et de faire la coordination avec lesorganisations partenaires. Il faut maintenant une per-spective plus large sur les défis que pose la conserva-tion des éléphants en Afrique Centrale et unrenforcement du partenariat de la sous-région, et ilfaut identifier les domaines prioritaires où le GSEAfpourrait apporter son expertise technique. Pourremplir ces objectifs, nous avons demandé des fondssupplémentaires à nos donateurs pour permettre à Elied’entreprendre les voyages nécessaires dans la sous-région au cours des prochains mois.

Le Bureau du GSEAf déménageLe 1er mars 2002, le Secrétariat du GSEAf a quittéses locaux au Bureau Régional du WWF en Afriquede l’Est dans le ACS Plaza, à Nairobi, pour un autreespace de bureaux au deuxième étage du mêmebâtiment, directement à droite du bureau de MIKE(CITES). Malgré quelques problèmes inévitables liésau déménagement du bureau, le Secrétariat estmaintenant bien installé et tout à fait fonctionnel dansses nouveaux locaux. Le nouvel e-mail, le téléphoneet le fax sont repris sur la table des matières.

Page 9: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

6 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

New triennium and next AfRSGmeeting

Work is well advanced on planning our next AfRSGmeeting, which will be held at Malilangwe in Zim-babwe, 1–6 June 2002. The official continental sta-tistics will as usual be updated at the meeting, andthese new statistics will be included in the next edi-tion of Pachyderm. I will also report on the meetingin the next edition.

Cameroon

In the last Pachyderm, I mentioned that a WWF-funded survey of the potential rhino range had justbeen completed by Mike Kock and the results wereawaited. The minimum number and demographicstructure agreed upon at the technical experts’ meet-ing held in Yaoundé in late 2000 for continuation ofthe recovery programme was five unrelated rhinos,of which three had to be female and one male. Unfor-tunately, despite 600 km of walking, the survey un-dertaken between April and August 2001 failed tosight any rhino, although old spoor confirmed the like-lihood of there being five rhino left, with the prob-ability of a further three. One rhino was, however,spotted outside the formal survey by a tracker. Con-cerns raised included the number of poaching campsand cable snares encountered and the apparent lowintensity of law enforcement. Given the situation inCameroon, the failure to establish whether a nucleusfor a viable population remained, together with theextreme difficulty and cost of procuring, establish-ing and conserving a population in a fenced sanctu-ary over the medium to long term, resulted in the de-cision that the Specialist Group would not continueto actively support the programme. However, theCameroon government was encouraged to protect theremaining rhinos in situ and to create conditions con-ducive to their long-term survival.

African Rhino Specialist Group reportRapport du Groupe des Spécialistes des Rhinos d’Afrique

Martin Brooks, Chair/Président

PO Box 13055, Cascades, 3202, KwaZulu-Natal, South Africaemail: [email protected]

Nouvelle période de trois ans etprochaine réunion du GSRAf

On a bien avancé dans les préparatifs de notre prochaineréunion GSRAf qui se tiendra à Malilangwe, au Zim-babwe, du 1er au 6 juin 2002. Les statistiques officiellespour le continent seront mises à jour pendant cetteréunion et elles seront reprises dans la prochaine éditionde Pachyderm. J’y ferai aussi le rapport de la réunion.

Cameroun

Dans le dernier Pachyderm, je signalais qu’une étudede l’aire de répartition potentielle des rhinos, financéepar le WWF, venait d’être terminée par Mike Kock etqu’on en attendait les résultats. Le nombre minimum etla structure démographique, sur lesquels on s’est misd’accord lors de la réunion qui a rassemblé les expertstechniques à Yaoundé fin 2000 pour la poursuite duprogramme de rétablissement, concernaient cinq rhi-nos non liés ensemble, dont au moins trois femelles etun mâle. Malheureusement, malgré qu’on ait parcouruà pied 600 km, l’étude réalisée entre avril et août 2001n’a pas permis de voir le moindre rhino ; malgré tout,de vieilles traces confirment la probabilité qu’il restecinq rhinos, et peut-être même trois de plus. Un destraqueurs a toutefois repéré un rhino en dehors de l’étudeofficielle. Des inquiétudes subsistent étant donné lenombre de camps de braconniers et de pièges en lacetsobservés et aussi le peu d’activités de maintien des lois.Etant donné la situation actuelle au Cameroun, le faitqu’on n’a pas pu établir s’il restait un noyau de popula-tion viable, auquel s’ajoutent l’extrême difficulté et lecoût pour se procurer, installer et préserver une popula-tion dans un sanctuaire clôturé à moyen ou à long terme,a entraîné la décision que le Groupe des Spécialistes necontinuerait plus à soutenir activement ce programme.Cependant, le gouvernement camerounais est vivementencouragé à protéger les rhinos restants in situ et à créerdes conditions favorables à leur survie à long terme.

Page 10: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 7

SADC RMG biological managementworkshopOne of the recommendations to emerge from the bio-logical management workshop that the SADC RhinoManagement Group held in KwaZulu-Natal, SouthAfrica, in 2001 was that the proposed revised strat-egy for black rhino should be actively communicatedto relevant conservation agencies and managementteams. The proceedings of this workshop (compiledby the AfRSG Scientific Officer) served as the back-ground document for an Ezemvelo KZN Wildlifeblack rhino management strategy meeting held inApril 2002, at which this organization formallyadopted the strategy for all its populations. The re-vised strategy and proceedings are due to be presentedat a scheduled workshop the South African NationalParks will be holding in August 2002 to revise theirblack rhino strategy. Plans are also being made forthe Scientific Officer to present the revised biologi-cal management strategy to both the Namibian Min-istry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs and theKenya Wildlife Service for their consideration. Thereare also future plans to make the Proceedings avail-able in PDF format on the SADC rhino programmeWeb site. Any conservation agency wanting detailsof the new approach being adopted to maximize blackrhino population growth and increase the supply ofsurplus animals available to establish new popula-tions should please contact me.

Re-establishment of white rhino atChief’s Island, Botswana

Following the revision of the Botswana rhino con-servation plan there has been a most encouragingdevelopment. A viable founder population of whiterhino is being re-established at Chief’s Island, MoremiNational Park. This is a joint initiative between theBotswana Department of Wildlife and National Parksand the private sector. For further details see MoremiTjibae’s note in the Notes from the African RhinoSpecialist Group on page 87.

Other news in brief

During the interim bridging period, the SADC Re-gional Programme for Rhino Conservation continuesto be as productive as possible. It is hoped that fullfunding will once again resume from the beginning

Atelier de gestion biologique duGGR SADCUne des recommandations issues de l’atelier biologiqueque le Groupe de Gestion des Rhinos a tenu auKwaZulu-Natal, en Afrique du Sud, en 2001, fut que laproposition révisée de stratégie pour le rhino noir soitcommuniquée activement aux organismes et auxéquipes de gestion concernés. Les comptes-rendus decet atelier, compilés par le responsable scientifique duGSRAf, ont servi de documents de base pour uneréunion d’Emzevelo KZN Wildlife sur la stratégie degestion des rhinos noirs qui s’est tenue en avril 2002, etau cours de laquelle l’organisation a formellementadopté la stratégie pour toutes ses populations. Lastratégie révisée et les comptes-rendus doivent êtreprésentés lors d’un atelier que les Parcs Nationauxd’Afrique du Sud tiendront en août 2002 pour réviserleur stratégie pour les rhinos noirs. On prévoit aussique le responsable scientifique propose la stratégierévisée de gestion biologique à l’attention du MinistèreNamibien du Tourisme et des questions Environne-mentales et du Kenya Wildlife Service. Il existe aussiun projet pour proposer les Comptes-rendus en formatPDF sur le site Internet du programme rhino de laSADC. Tout organisme de conservation qui souhaiteraitdes détails sur les nouvelles approches adoptées pourmaximiser la croissance de la population des rhinos noirset accroître le surplus d’animaux disponibles pour installerde nouvelles populations sont invitées à me contacter.

Réinstallation du rhino blanc surChief’s Island, au BotswanaSuite à la révision du plan de conservation du rhinoau Botswana, on a constaté un développement trèsencourageant. On est en train de rétablir une popula-tion reproductrice viable de rhinos blancs sur Chief’sIsland, dans le Parc National de Moremi. C’est uneinitiative conjointe du Département de la faune et desparcs nationaux du Botswana et du secteur privé. Pourplus de détails, voyez la note de Moremi Tjibae dansles Notes du Groupe des Spécialistes des Rhinosd’Afrique plus loin dans ce numéro 87.

Autres nouvelles en brefPendant la période intermédiaire, le programme régionalde la SADC pour la conservation des rhinos continue àêtre aussi productif que possible. On espère que lefinancement complet reprendra au début de 2003. Le

Page 11: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

8 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

of 2003. The SADC Rhino Programme coordinator,Rob Brett, briefly reports on recent progress in Notesfrom the African Rhino Specialist Group on page 89.

The inaugural meeting of the SADC Rhino Re-covery Group is scheduled to take place in late May2002 in Malawi. This group comprises representa-tives of African range states that have either lost oralmost lost their rhino populations and wish to planfor their re-establishment and recovery.

AfRSG is concerned about the situation in variousrhino areas, not least Tsavo National Park, Kenya,where at least four black rhinos were recently poachedin the free-release area (see ‘Renewed threat toKenya’s rhino conservation efforts’ in Notes from theAfrican Rhino Specialist Group, p. 85) and also inZimbabwe. In the latter case, land invasions into therhino conservancies pose a major threat. Raoul duToit gives an update in Notes from the African RhinoSpecialist Group, page 83.

I reported in the last edition that the AfRSG Sci-entific Officer has been working cooperatively withRaj Amin of the Zoological Society of London andan MSc student to continue developing horn finger-printing analysis techniques. A brief report on theirfindings is included as a short note from AfRSG (p.90).

The Scientific Officer assisted Swaziland’s BigGame Parks and the public prosecutor, appearing as anexpert witness in a case before the Swaziland chief jus-tice of possessing and dealing in rhino horn. MickeyReilly of the Kingdom of Swaziland’s Big Game Parksreports on this case and the deterrent sentences handeddown in another note found in Notes from the AfricanRhino Specialist Group, page 81.

I would like to encourage all members to submitsuitable short notes to the Scientific Officer for in-clusion in the next edition of Pachyderm.

Acknowledgements

Once again I would like to thank WWF especiallyfor their continued financial assistance to AfRSG,without which it would be impossible for us to oper-ate effectively.

coordinateur du Programme Rhino de la SADC, RobBrett, fait un bref rapport des progrès réalisésdernièrement dans les Notes du Groupe, en page 89.

La réunion inaugurale du Groupe de Rétablissementdes Rhinos de la SADC doit avoir lieu fin mai 2002 auMalawi. Ce groupe comprend des représentants des étatsafricains de l’aire de répartition qui ont soit perdu, soitpresque perdu leur population de rhinos et qui veulentprévoir leur rétablissement.

Le GSRAf s’inquiète de la situation dans plusieursendroits où il y a des rhinos, et spécialement au ParcNational de Tsavo où au moins quatre rhinos noirsont été braconnés récemment dans la zone de remiseen liberté (voir « Nouvelles menaces pour les effortsde conservation des rhinos au Kenya » dans les Notesdu Groupe, page 85) et aussi au Zimbabwe. Ici, cesont les invasions dans les aires de conservation desrhinos qui représentent les plus grands risques. Raouldu Toit donne les derniers développements dans lesNotes du Groupe des Spécialistes des Rhinosd’Afrique (page 83).

J’ai signalé dans le dernier numéro que le Respon-sable scientifique du GSRAf travaillait en collabora-tion avec Raj Amin de la Société Zoologique deLondres et avec un étudiant qui fait un MSc pour lapoursuite du développement des techniquesd’analyses de la corne par empreintes génétiques. Unbref rapport sur leurs découvertes se trouve dans unecourte note du GSRAf (page 90).

Le Responsable scientifique a aidé les Parcs deGrande Faune du Swaziland et le ministère public, enparaissant comme témoin devant le Président de la Coursuprême du Swaziland dans une affaire de détention etde trafic de corne de rhino. Mickey Reilly, des Parcs deGrande Faune du Royaume de Swaziland, fait un rap-port sur cette affaire et sur les peines dissuasives quil’ont sanctionnée dans une autre note qui se trouve dansles Notes du Groupe dans ce numéro (page 81).

J’aimerais encourager tous les membres à proposerde courtes notes intéressantes au Responsable scienti-fique pour les publier dans le prochain numéro dePachyderm.

RemerciementsUne fois encore, je voudrais remercier le WWF quicontinue à aider financièrement le GSRAf. Sans lui,il nous serait impossible de travailler efficacement.

Page 12: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 9

Vietnam

In December 2001, Programme Officer Nico vanStrien conducted a short mission to Cat Loc in south-ern Vietnam, the home of the last Javan rhinos on theSouth-east Asian mainland. The purpose was to helpimprove monitoring and data collection as well as toreassess the population status.

There has been great progress in protection, withnew guard posts and other infrastructure in place, andmore guards conducting regular patrols throughoutthe rhino area. The education programme has estab-lished the rhino as an important symbol and icon inthe area. Hence, both the local community and thegovernment widely support conserving rhinos andtheir habitat. A first step has already been made tosecure more land for them and a better habitat.

Although they appear to be quite safe now frompoaching there are still serious concerns about the vi-ability of the population. The area the rhinos use is verysmall—only about 4000 ha. Moreover, the reproduc-tive potential of the population has so far not been con-firmed. Since intensive monitoring started almost fouryears ago, there has been no sign of reproduction. Areview of the data collected since 1998 suggests thepresence of probably no more than three animals—oneconfirmed female, one other adult, probably also fe-male, and a young one born in 1996/97.

During the 2002 dry season, monitoring throughtrack studies and camera trapping will intensify, andthis should collect data on the rhinos and their distribu-tion. Later this year, the situation will be assessed againand the action plan reviewed and revised as necessary.

IndiaIn February 2002, a team from the Assam ForestryDepartment (Wildlife), the Rhino and Tiger Conser-vation Fund, WWF’s AREAS programme, the Inter-

Asian Rhino Specialist Group reportRapport du Groupe des Spécialistes des Rhinos d’Asia

Mohd Khan bin Momin Khan, Chair/Président, with/avec Thomas J. Foose andNico van Strien, Program Officers/Responsables de Programme

International Rhino Foundation20 Pen Mar Street, Waynesboro, PA 17268, USAemail: [email protected]

Vietnam

En décembre 2001, le Responsable de ProgrammesNico van Strien a réalisé une brève mission à Cat Loc,dans le sud du Vietnam, aire des derniers rhinocérosde Java sur la partie continentale du sud-est asiatique.Il avait pour but d’aider à améliorer la surveillancecontinue et la récolte de données ainsi que de réévaluerle statut de la population.

La protection a fait de grands progrès, avec denouveaux postes de gardes et des infrastructures misesen place, et il y a plus de gardes qui effectuent despatrouilles régulières dans toute la zone des rhinos.Le programme d’éducation a fait du rhino un symboleimportant et un emblème pour la région. C’estpourquoi la communauté locale et le gouvernementsupportent activement la conservation des rhinos etde leur habitat. On a déjà fait un premier pas en vuede leur garantir un plus grand territoire et un meilleurhabitat.

Bien qu’ils semblent maintenant plutôt à l’abri dubraconnage, des inquiétudes subsistent quant à laviabilité de la population. La zone fréquentée par lesrhinos est très limitée, environ 4000 ha seulement.Qui plus est, jusqu’à présent, le potentiel reproducteurde la population n’a pas été confirmé. Depuis que lasurveillance continue a commencé, il y a presquequatre ans, il n’y a eu aucun signe de reproduction.Une révision des données récoltées depuis 1998suggère la présence d’un maximum de trois animaux,une femelle confirmée, un autre adulte probablementaussi une femelle, et un jeune qui est né en 1996/97.Pendant la saison sèche de 2002, la surveillance con-tinue va s’intensifier, par l’étude des traces et les pho-tos automatiques, et ceci devrait fournir des donnéessur les rhinos et leur distribution. On réévaluera lasituation plus tard dans l’année et, si nécessaire, onrévisera le plan d’action.

Page 13: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

10 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

national Rhino Foundation (IRF) and AsRSG visitedall the Indian rhino habitats in Assam, both actualand potential. The purpose was to observe recent de-velopments, identify needs for external support, dis-cuss the prospect of translocating rhinos to other ap-propriate areas, and move towards metapopulationmanagement of rhinos within Assam.

In general the Indian rhino is doing well in Assam,with the overall numbers increasing steadily, in par-ticular in Kaziranga National Park. However, inManas National Park and in the smaller areas ofPobitora and Orang, pressure on rhinos is more in-tensive, not only from poaching but also from en-croachment for agriculture and cattle grazing A fewareas—Laokhowa, Sonai Rupa and Panidihing—havelost rhinos through poaching or blockage of migra-tion routes, and in Orang only a few rhinos remain.Nevertheless, protection has improved, as has the in-frastructure and equipment. Poaching has declinedto a level far below the recruitment rate of the rhinopopulation. The encroachment problems are moredifficult to solve, although the government is deter-mined to restore the areas for rhinos and other wild-life and is very active in improving protection andincreasing the size of the conservation areas. Recentlya large new wildlife sanctuary, Dubrasaikhowa, whichwas created in the east, has great potential for rhinoconservation.

All rhino areas and potential rhino areas, with theexception of Manas, are located along the banks ofthe mighty Brahmaputra River, in the alluvial plainsthat are flooded annually. The lack of adequate andsafe flood refuges is a serious constraint in all areas,rendering the rhinos particularly vulnerable duringthe monsoon season. Artificial highlands have beencreated and a number of hillocks adjacent to rhinoareas have been included into the rhino conservationareas, but more refuges are needed. During the dryseason when water in the river is low, the rhinos grazeon the islands in the Brahmaputra and move amongthe various rhino habitats. Now such migrations arefewer, probably because vast numbers of cattle areherded there seasonally.

One of the major new and encouraging develop-ments is the inclusion of a large stretch of theBrahmaputra riverbed in the Kaziranga National Park.This addition will, once cattle herding has been con-tained, allow rhinos access to the fertile grazingareas on the islands and will restore the traditionaldry-season migration routes. Once the control over

IndeEn février 2002, une équipe du Département des Forêtsde l’Assam (Faune), du Rhino and Tiger ConservationFund, du Programme AREAS du WWF, del’International Rhino Foundation (IRF) et du GSRAsa visité tous les habitats du rhino unicorne de l’Inde enAssam, tant réels que potentiels. Ils voulaient observerles derniers développements, identifier les besoins desupports externes, discuter la possibilité de déplacerdes rhinos vers d’autres zones appropriées et progresservers la gestion en métapopulation des rhinos en Assam.

En général, le rhinocéros de l’Inde se maintient bienen Assam, et le nombre total augmente rapidement,spécialement dans le Parc National de Kaziranga.Pourtant, dans le Parc National de Manas et dans lesaires plus petites de Pobitora et d’Orang, la pressionest plus forte sur les rhinos, due non seulement aubraconnage mais aussi au grignotement de l’habitat pourl’agriculture et le pâturage du bétail. Quelques zones –Laokhowa, Sonai Rupa et Panidihing – ont perdu desrhinos à cause du braconnage ou de la fermeture des voiesde migration, et à Orang, il n’en reste que quelques-uns.Néanmoins, la protection s’est améliorée, de même queles infrastructures et l’équipement. Le braconnage desrhinos s’est réduit à un niveau bien inférieur au taux decroissance de la population. Les problèmes degrignotement de l’habitat sont plus difficiles à résoudre,même si le gouvernement est bien décidé à rétablir lesaires attribuées aux rhinos et au reste de la faune sauvageet qu’il se montre très actif pour améliorer la protectionet pour augmenter la taille des aires de conservation. On acréé récemment dans l’est un vaste nouveau sanctuairepour la faune sauvage, Dubrasaikhowa, qui présenteun potentiel excellent pour la conservation des rhinos.

Toutes les aires des rhinos, potentielles ou réelles, àl’exception de Manas, sont situées sur les rives du puis-sant Brahmapoutre, dans les plaines alluviales qui sontinondées chaque année. Le manque de refuges adéquatset sûrs en cas d’inondation est un inconvénient de tailledans tous ces sites car il rend les rhinos particulièrementvulnérables pendant la mousson. On a créé des endroitssurélevés artificiels, et un certain nombre de buttesadjacentes aux aires des rhinos ont été inclues dans lesaires de conservation, mais il faudra encore plus derefuges. Pendant la saison sèche, lorsque l’eau du fleuveest basse, les rhinos vont manger sur les îlots au milieudu Brahmapoutre et se déplacent entre leurs divers habi-tats. Aujourd’hui, de telles migrations sont devenuesrares, probablement à cause du grand nombre de têtesde bétail qui y sont conduites à ce moment.

Page 14: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 11

the riverbed has been intensified, it is hoped that natu-ral migration will reoccur and the rhinos will re-es-tablish in other areas along the Brahmaputra.

Therefore, it is recommended that the protectionzone be extended to the west at least as far asLaokhowa/Bura Chapori and Orang, and probably toPobitora. This will effectively link all but one (Manas)of the current rhino areas and allow free migration inbetween. The creation of such a metapopulation willimprove the vitality of the population and will allowa significant increase in numbers. Extending theBrahmaputra conservation area to the east as far asPanidihing could also be considered, as until about10 years ago rhinos used to migrate there seasonallyfrom Kaziranga. The new Dubrasaikhowa sanctuaryhas the potential for a few hundred rhinos. Once ap-propriate control and protection have been establishedrhinos could be moved there through a capture andtranslocation programme, as the distance is too farfor natural migration.

Manas National Park on the border with Bhutanlost most of its rhinos during the many years of po-litical unrest and insurgency, and the area is geographi-cally isolated by development from the other rhinoareas. Once security returns to normal Manas mayalso qualify for a capture and translocation pro-gramme to restore its rhino population.

Indonesia/Malaysia

In March 2002, an international team of reproductivebiologists from Malaysia, Indonesia and the US vis-ited the Sumatran rhino managed breeding pro-grammes in Way Kambas, Indonesia, and SungaiDusun, Malaysia, to assess the condition of the ani-mals and to investigate some specific health and re-productive concerns. We will publish a full report ofthe results in the next issue of Pachyderm.

Une des nouvelles les plus importantes etencourageantes est l’inclusion d’une vaste section dulit du Brahmapoutre dans le Parc National deKaziranga. Cet ajout, dès que le pâturage du bétailaura été mis sous contrôle, permettra à tous les rhi-nos l’accès à des zones fertiles sur les îles et restaurerales voies de migration traditionnelles de saison sèche.On espère que, dès que le contrôle du lit du fleuveaura été intensifié, les migrations naturelles vontreprendre et que les rhinos vont se réinstaller dansd’autres zones le long du Brahmapoutre.

C’est pourquoi on recommande que la zone de pro-tection soit étendue vers l’ouest au moins jusqu’àLaokhowa/Bura Chapori et Orang, peut-être mêmePobitora. Ceci relierait toutes les aires actuelles des rhi-nos (sauf Manas) et permettrait la libre migration entreelles. La création d’une telle métapopulation devraitaméliorer la vitalité de la population et permettre unaccroissement significatif de ses effectifs. On pourraitaussi envisager d’étendre l’aire de conservation duBrahmapoutre vers l’est jusqu’à Panidihing, puisquejusqu’à il y a environ dix ans, les rhinos avaientl’habitude de migrer là-bas saisonnièrement depuisKaziranga. Le nouveau sanctuaire de Dubrasaikhowapourrait accueillir quelques centaines de rhinos. Unefois qu’on y aura établi les contrôles et la protectionappropriés, on pourrait y transférer des rhinos dans lecadre d’un programme de capture et translocation carla distance est trop grande pour une migration naturelle.

Le Parc National de Manas, à la frontière du Bhoutan,a perdu la plupart de ses rhinos au cours des nombreusesannées d’instabilité et d’insurrections politiques, et cetterégion est isolée géographiquement des autres aires deconservation des rhinos. Dès que la sécurité reviendraà la normale, Manas pourrait aussi être qualifié pourbénéficier d’un programme de capture et translocationafin de rétablir sa population de rhinos.

Indonésie/Malaisie

En mars 2002, une équipe internationale de biologistesspécialistes de la reproduction venus de GrandeBretagne, d’Indonésie et de Malaisie a visité lesprogrammes de reproduction assistée des rhinos deSumatra à Way Kambas, en Indonésie, et à SungaiDusun, en Malaisie, pour évaluer l’état des animaux etétudier certains aspects spécifiques de leur santé et dela reproduction qui posent problème. Nous publieronsun rapport complet des résultats dans le prochainnuméro de Pachyderm.

Page 15: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

12 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

IntroductionL’explosion démographique et l’avènement des cul-tures industrielles en Côte d’Ivoire ont favorisél’extension des cultures dans les voisinages immédiats

des aires protégées et parfois à l’intérieur de celles-ci.Cela a entraîné une proche cohabitation entre hommeset animaux qui a engendré de nombreux conflits. Cescultures sont très souvent installées dans les aires de

Conflits homme–éléphant autour de la Forêt classée duHaut-Sassandra (Côte d’Ivoire)

Soulemane Ouattara

Laboratoire de Zoologie et Biologie Animale, UFR Biosciences / Université de Cocody-Abidjan02 BP 1170, Abidjan 02, Côte d’Ivoireemail : [email protected]

Résumé

C’est dans le cadre de l’aménagement de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra, et face aux nombreuses plaintesdes paysans concernant la destruction de leurs cultures par les éléphants, que ces études de conflits entrehommes et éléphants ont été menées en 1995. Ces études ont été faites sur la base des enquêtes (auprès despaysans) et des inventaires des dégâts sur des placeaux. Ces placeaux sont de forme carrée et les côtés ont 50m de longueur. Ces placeaux ont été installés dans les zones d’intrusion des éléphants, dans le domaine rural.Il en ressort que ce sont seulement les cultures qui sont dévastées et cela, le plus souvent en saison sèche. Cesont principalement les cultures vivrières (le taro, la banane, le manioc, l’ananas et l’igname) et les culturesindustrielles (le cacao). Les dégâts sont inférieurs à 5 % des revenus du paysan mais engendrent une colère etune inquiétude chez les paysans qui conduisent à l’abattage de certains de ces animaux en forêt.

Mots clefs supplémentaires : dégâts, cultures

Abstract

Because of numerous complaints from farmers on the destruction of their crops by elephants from the Haut-Sassandra Forest Reserve, studies were carried out in 1995 to determine the extent of human–elephant con-flict in the region. Methods used were questioning farmers and taking inventories of damage on farms. Thefarms are within areas where elephants can easily intrude. Results show that mainly food crops such as taro,banana, casava, pineapple and yam, and cash crops like cocoa are destroyed, particularly during the dryseason. Damage calculated is less than 5% of the farmers’ income. But the destruction angers the farmersenough to drive them to slaughter some of these animals in the forest.

Additional key words: damage, crop

RESEARCH AND REVIEW

Page 16: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 13

répartition ou dans des couloirs de migration desanimaux qui les abîment à leur passage. Cela entraînedes dommages à la population humaine vivant autourde ces aires (Parker et Graham 1989 ; Sukumar 1990 ;Barnes et al. 1995 ; Hoare 1995 ; Thouless etSakakwa 1995 ; Barnes 1996a, 1996b ;Dickinson 1998 ; Naughton-Treves 1998 ;Vanleeuwe et Lambrechts 1999 ; Waithaka1999). Les causes d’intrusion des animauxdans le domaine rural et l’importance desdommages occasionnés sont divers. Ladétermination de l’importance de cesdommages, utile pour la prise de décisionspour l’aménagement de ces aires protégéesfait très souvent défaut.

La présente étude a été effectuée en 1995autour de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra (figures 1 et 2) forêt gérée par laSociété de dévéloppement de forêts(SODEFOR). C’est une étude ponctuellequi a pour objectif d’y estimer l’importancedes conflits entre les hommes et leséléphants pour faire des propositions dansle cadre de l’aménagement de cette forêt.Elle a été essentiellement basée sur les ob-servations sur le terrain (inventaires desdégâts dans les plantations et enquêtesauprès des populations) ; les donnéesofficielles étant pratiquement inexistantes.

Pour faciliter la compréhension du texte,les noms scientifiques des plantes ne serontpas suivis des noms d’auteurs ni desfamilles. Ces informations sont présentéesplus loin dans le tableau I.

Milieu d’étudeLa Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra estsituée au Centre-Ouest de la Côte d’Ivoire(figure 2). Elle a été définie en 1969 avecune superficie de 961,2 km2 (SODEFOR1996a). A la suite de politiques de conser-vation des forêts naturelles, cette superficieest passée à 1024 km2 en 1974. Depuisl’avènement des cultures d’exportation,notamment le café et le cacao, la ruée verscette forêt classée a été plus importante(notamment en 1986) et des populations nonautochtones se sont installées autour etmême à l’intérieur de cette forêt

(SODEFOR 1996b). Suite aux attributions decertaines parcelles à des fins agricoles, le milieuforestier naturel n’occupe aujourd’hui qu’environ 950km2. De grandes plantations et de nombreux villages

Figure 1. Situation géographique de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra en Afrique et en Côte d’Ivoire.

3°5°7°

7° 5° 3°

10°

10°

Odienné Boundia KorhogoBouna

Bouaké

Danané

Daloa

Man

SassandraSan-pédro

ABIDJAN

YamouasoukroAbengoumu

1

2

LEGENDE

1

2

Barrage de Buyo

Barrage de Kossou

Echelle :

Forêt classée du Haut - Sassandra

Fleuves et rivières

1/7 000 000ème

Bafing

Férédougoub

Page 17: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

14 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

et campements (figure 1) se trouvent aujourd’hui toutautour et à l’intérieur de cette forêt.

Les données climatiques de SODEXAM/MN/DMARN-CLIMATOLOGIE de 1987 à 1996 autourde la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra, montrent deuxsaisons bien marquées. Une longue saison des pluiesde mars à octobre (huit mois) avec deux maxima depluies. Le premier maximum (179 mm de pluies) sesitue en avril et le second (128,7 mm de pluies) enseptembre. Une saison sèche allant de novembre àfévrier (quatre mois) avec un minimum de pluies enjanvier (7,2 mm).

Cette forêt n’est traversée que par des cours d’eausaisonniers. Le seul cours d’eau permanent est lefleuve Sassandra qui la longe sur sa limite ouest. Cefleuve connaît aussi des périodes d’étiages souventtrès prononcés à certains endroits.

Le sol de cette forêt est essentiellement un solferralitique moyennement désaturé. Il est issu de gran-ite et de roches métamorphiques schisteuses (vers le

sud). Il présente un horizonhumifère peu épais et un horizongravillonnaire peu développé(Perraud et De la Souchère1970).

La formation végétale estessentiellement une forêt densehumide semi-décidue du type àCeltis spp . et Triplochitonscleroxylon (Guillaumet etAdjanohoun 1969).

L’extrême Nord-Ouest decette forêt renferme de petitessavanes climatiques à Borassusaethiopum (Arecaceae) et Pani-cum phragmitoïdes (Poaceae).

Cette forêt est de plus en plusouverte et perturbée par des in-stallations agricoles et surtoutpar l’exploitation de bois engrumes qui s’y déroulent depuisdes dizaines d’années.

Matériel et méthodesd’étude

Matériel d’étude

Le matériel d’étude comprendessentiellement :

• une boussole ‘Broussarde Chaix’ pour l’orientationprécise des placeaux ;

• quatre jalons pour faciliter les visées à la boussole ;• une chaîne en acier de 20 m pour la mesure des

distances ;• un ruban plastique de deux mètres de longueur pour

les mensurations de la circonférence des plantes ;• une carte de végétation et des layons de la forêt

classée au 1/100.000ème.Le concours de trois personnes a été sollicité pour

l’installation des placeaux et pour la réalisation desdifférentes mesures.

Méthodes d’étude

Cette étude a été réalisée en combinant plusieurs tech-niques d’étude dont des enquêtes auprès des paysans,le parcours des limites de la forêt pour la localisationdes zones d’intrusion des éléphants dans le domainerural, et l’estimation des dégâts par des inventairessur des placeaux dans les zones d’intrusion.

Gbeubli

Limite de la ForêtclasséeLimite de l'enclave du V12Route non bituméePisteCampementVillageCours d'eau

LEGENDE

SIFCITrouvougbeu

Kouassikro

Kouamékro

Pélezi

Bohinou

Bagouri

Zohi Monoko

Belleville

Vers DALOA

Amani ouadiokoro

V 12

Vers VAVOUA

Serai N'gouanYala

DyaflaKadiokro

Vaou

Forêt classée deSEGUELA

Petitokoro

N

Fôret classée du'MONT TIA

Daniafla

Figure 2. Situation des principaux villages et campements autour et àl’intérieur de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra (échelle : 1 / 800 000ème).

Page 18: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 15

Enquêtes

Les enquêtes sont menées auprès des paysans vivantautour de la forêt classée. Ils sont interrogés sur : lafréquence des intrusions d’éléphants dans leurs planta-tions, les caractéristiques des animaux nuisibles, lespériodes des raides des plantations, le type de culturesdévastées, les pertes occasionnées par les éléphants,les méthodes de protection des cultures et les moyensde compensation pour les productions perdues.

Localisation des zones d’intrusion deséléphants dans les plantations

La localisation des zones d’intrusion des éléphantsdans le domaine rural (plantations) s’est faite par leparcours des limites de la forêt et le relevéstopographiques des limites des zones d’activités deséléphants (marquées par les empreintes, les crottes,les dégâts, etc.) dans ce domaine. Lors de ce parcours,les paysans rencontrés sont encore interrogés sur lafréquence et les périodes des intrusions des éléphantsdans leurs plantations. Compte tenu des moyensalloués très limités et des problèmes socio-politiques(ces données n’étant pas officiellement disponibles)toutes les plantations et la population autour de laForêt classée n’ont pu être recensées.

Estimation des dégâts dans les plantations

L’estimation des dégâts causés par les éléphants dansles plantations s’est effectuée par la réalisationd’inventaires des plantes cultivées sur des placeauxde 50 m x 50 m. Ces placeaux, au nombre de 8 sontinstallés dans le prolongement des layons desinventaires forestiers. Dans chacun des placeaux, lesplantes de chaque type de cultures (café, cacao,banane, etc.) sont comptées. Les nombres de plantesintactes et abîmées (déracinées, cassées, organesconsommés, etc.) sont précisés. La hauteur de cesplantes et leur d.b.h (de l’anglo-saxon “diameter atbreast height”) sont aussi indiqués. Pour les végétauxde taille inférieure à 1,3 m, le diamètre est mesuré auniveau de la première feuille.

La fréquence de consommation d’un organe deplante donnée (espèce végétale) est obtenue par lerapport du nombre d’observations de la consom-mation de l’organe considéré sur le nombre totald’observations de la consommation des différentsorganes de la plante. Un organe est dit fréquent(fréquemment consommé) s’il est consommé dans

plus de 50 % des cas. Il est dit peu fréquent (peufréquemment consommé) lorsqu’il est consommédans 25 % à 50 % des cas. Il est dit rare (rarementconsommé) lorsqu’il est consommé dans moins de25 % des cas (tableau 1).

La production et le revenu à l’hectare de chaqueculture ont été estimés en fonction des chiffres deproduction locaux et des coûts moyens sur le marchélocal (F CFA et dollar US en 1995). Le calcul despertes a été simplifié en ramenant la production dechaque culture par pieds à l’hectare.

Ces inventaires sur placeaux ont été menés à la finde la saison sèche dans le souci de prendre en comptele maximum des dégâts causés dans les plantations.

Résultats

Enquêtes

Des enquêtes effectuées autour de la forêt classée, ilressort que l’aire de répartition des éléphants s’étendaitautrefois dans l’actuel domaine rural. Cette aire sedéplacerait sous la pression de trois principaux facteursqui sont l’agriculture, la chasse et l’exploitation de boisen grumes. Les zones d’intrusion des éléphants dans ledomaine rural se seraient donc déplacées au fil des anspour se localiser essentiellement à la limite nord-estdurant la période de notre étude.

Les intrusions des éléphants dans les plantationsont été rarement (3 %) signalées en saison pluvieusepar les paysans. Elles sont fréquentes (97 %) en saisonsèche où ces animaux, très méfiants, arrivent trèssouvent dans les plantations pendant la nuit (enl’absence des paysans). Les dommages enregistrésconcernent essentiellement les cultures. Les donnéesont montré (tableau 1 et figure 3) que les cultures lesplus consommées par les éléphants sont les cabossesde cacao (Theobroma cacao), la banane et les “tiges”de bananiers (Musa paradisiaca), les tubercules detaro (Colocasia esculenta), les racines tubéreuses demanioc (Manihot esculenta), les fruits de l’ananas(Ananas comosus) et les tubercules d’ignames(Dioscorea sp.). La plupart des paysans de la zoned’intrusion prétendent perdre pratiquement toute laproduction de la partie de leur plantation se trouvantà moins de 100 mètres de la limite de la forêt. Parconséquent, ils exigent de l’Etat, des dédommagementsfinanciers.

Les moyens utilisés par les paysans pour éloignerles éléphants des plantations et des campements sont :

Page 19: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

16 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

éléphants nuisibles ne s’éloignent guère des planta-tions et ils les regagnent dès que les paysans qui lescroient partis entrent au village.

Les abattages d’éléphants se font le plus souventillégalement en forêt. Les éléphants déprédateurs (descultures) sont suivis en forêt pour être abattus par desbraconniers engagés par les victimes des dégâts. Lavente des produits (viande, défenses, peau, etc.) deséléphants ainsi abattus se fait aussi illégalement. Selonnos enquêtes, dans la région, le kilogramme dedéfense d’éléphant (ivoire) serait vendu à 12.000francs CFA (24 dollars US) par les chasseurs et 30.000francs CFA (60 dollars US) par les revendeurs.

Les cas de menaces d’abattages ou d’abattagesd’éléphants dans la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandrasignalés lors de cette étude sont les suivants.• En mars 1994, le chef d’un village (Konanbokro)

situé à 1 km au Nord-Est de la Forêt classée duHaut-Sassandra, avait obtenu un permis d’abattaged’éléphants délivré par le Préfet de Vavoua et avaitengagé un chasseur d’éléphants.

• Le 25 novembre 1995, une dépouille de deux joursd’un éléphant a été découverte dans la partie Nordde la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra à moins de4 km de la limite nord.

• des feux sur les bords des plantations aux pointsd’entrées fréquents des éléphants

• la création de fumée à ces points par le brûlaged’anciens pneus (voiture, bicyclette, etc.) et descires de certaines plantes

• le bruit, en frappant sur des boîtes et des bouteillesvides, lorsque a l’entend dans la forêt, des bruitsprovoqués par le passage des éléphants , et parfois

• l’abattage de quelques éléphantsLes méthodes du feu et de la fumée sont jugées

inefficaces par les paysans car ces feux s’éteignenttoujours pendant la nuit en leur absence. Aucunpaysan n’a jamais passé une fois toute une nuit danssa plantation pour la surveillance et l’entretien desfeux. Ils trouvent que ce serait peine perdue car ilsjugent les éléphants très intelligents et dangereux. Ilsles qualifient souvent même de génies. Ils affirmentque les éléphants évitent les plantations (parties desplantations) quand les hommes s’y trouvent. Ils ypénètrent dès que les hommes les quittent ou au mo-ment où ils s’attendent le moins. Ils disent que leséléphants ne font du bruit que sur leur chemin de re-tour, lorsqu’ils ont déjà accompli leur forfait.

Les victimes des dégâts trouvent que le bruit estd’une efficacité temporaire, juste durant la présencede l’homme dans sa plantation. Selon eux, les

Tableau 1. Liste des cultures consommées par les éléphants autour et dans la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra et fréquences relatives de la consommation des différents organes

Nom scientifique Famille Nom français Fruits et Feuilles Tige Racines Typegraines et tuber- biolo-

cules gique

Musa paradisiaca L. Musaceae bananier plantin p r f hColocasia esculenta Araceae taro f h(L.) SchottManihot esculenta Euphorbiaceae manioc fCrantzMusa sapientum L. Musaceae bananier r r f h

(banane douce)Theobroma cacao L. Sterculiaceae cacao f p a, mpAnanas comosus Bromeliaceae ananas f h(L.) Merr.Dioscorea sp. Dioscoreaceae igname p r f hCarica papaya L. Caricaceae papayer f r h, mpCoffea sp. Rubiaceae café p r a, mpElaeis guineensis Jacq. Palmaceae palmier r a, mpMangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae manguier f p a, mpOryza sativa L. Gramineae riz r r r hZea mays L. Gramineae maïs f p p h

a : arbustes et arbres, f : fréquent, h : herbe, mp : microphanérophyte, p : peu fréquent, r : rare

Page 20: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 17

Delimitation des zones d’intrusion deselephants

Les données des parcours des limites de la forêt (figure3) ont confirmé que les principales sorties des éléphants

se situent au niveau de la limite nord-est. D’autres sorties moins importantesont été constatées dans l’enclave deGbeubli et au niveau de la partiecentrale de la limite est. Le constat desdégâts et le releve des limites des zonesd’activités des éléphants dans ledomaine rural montrent que les dégâtssont apparemment plus importants dansles 100 premiers mètres à partir de lalimite de la forêt et que les éléphants nes’aventurent à plus de 200 mètres de laforêt que pour rejoindre des îlots deforêt ou des points d’eau. Les points desortie et d’entrée des éléphants sontsouvent séparés de 500 m ; deux ou troissorties et entrées pouvant être effectuéespar un même troupeau pendant une nuit.

Estimation des dégâts dansles plantations

Le tableau 1 présente les noms scien-tifiques des cultures consommées parles éléphants autour de la Forêt classéedu Haut-Sassandra, leur famille et lesfréquences relative des différentsorganes. Les estimations de certainsdégâts sont présentées à la figure 4.Les proportions de plantes abîmées etles pertes par hectare en déduites ontété récapitulées dans le tableau 2.

Les organes renfermant les sub-stances de réserve (fruits, racinestubéreuses et tubercules) sont plusconsommés que les autres (feuilles,écorces et racines).

Les bananiers sont cassés pourconsommer les fruits et les partiesapicale et centrale des “tiges” (ce sontde fausses tiges) riches en eau. Cesparties de “tiges” sont mâchées et lesrésidus sont souvent rejetés le long deleurs chemins. Les écorces de man-guier étaient fréquemment mangés.

Les dommages causés aux cultures industrielles(plants de cacaoyers) sont généralement des cassuresde branches ou, rarement, des déracinements de jeunesplants. Ils sont faibles dans l’ensemble puisqu’ils selimitent à 1,5 % du nombre de pieds. Même dans les

Figure 3. Zones d’intrusion des éléphants dans les cultures autourde la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra (échelle : 1 / 130 000ème).

Radiokoro

Petit Okro

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

L8

L9

7˚20

7˚20Kongodjan

Petit Bocando

Petit Quelle

Serai N’gouan

Gouro

Brahima

Kouassikro

N

00

Zone vizitée par les éléphants

Ilot de forét

Plantation de cacao

Jachére

Plantation de catéLi à L9

Limite de la forêt claseéPiste périmetraleChémin de braconniersPiste carossableCampementPoint d’eau

Dépouille d’éléphant

Cours d’eau

Layon d’investaire forestier

Nouvelle sortie d’éléphant

Ancienne sortie d’éléphant

Page 21: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

18 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

nouvelles plantations où ces dégâts sont plusimportants par piétinement, ils ne représentent que5,37 % de jeunes plants cassés et 0,24 % de jeunesplants déracinés. En somme, les éléphants neconsomment que les cabosses (cacao) et lesdommages demeurent en dessous de 20 % de la pro-duction dans les zones très fréquentées.

Les dommages causés aux cultures vivrières (taro,

manioc, igname, etc.) sont égalementnégligeables. Ces denrées sont trèssouvent cultivées pour laconsommation personnelle et, de cefait, n’occupent que de petites surfacesou sont disséminées dans les planta-tions de cacaoyers. C’est notammentle cas de l’igname (figure 3 et tableau2) où on a en moyenne 5 pieds àl’hectare et dont 4,5 sont déracinés.Le taux de destruction de cette cul-ture est très important mais la cultureest en quantité insignifiante.

En 1995, 10,86 % des plants ontété dévastés dans les zonesd’intrusion des éléphants (tableau 2).Les dégâts ont été estimés, enmoyenne, à 22 095 francs CFA (USD44.19) à l’hectare. Ce montantreprésente environ 3,8 % du revenutotal du paysan à l’hectare par an.

Cependant, les paysans sont tous mécontents desdégâts “très apparents” causés par les éléphants etsont surtout effrayés par leur présence (empreintes) àproximité des campements.

Il faut noter qu’aucune perte en vie humaineprovoquée par les éléphants n’a été enregistrée autourde la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra et que les dégâtsconcernaient uniquement les cultures.

Tableau 2. Proportions (%) de plants abîmés et pertes (en francsCFA et en dollars 1995) à l’hectare occasionnées par les éléphantsen 1995 dans les plantations en bordure de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra (USD 1 = F CFA 500)

Cultures Proportion (%) de plants Coût total* parabîmés hectare

Par rapport Par rapport F CFA USD (1995)à la culture à l’ensembleelle-même des cultures

Ananas 23,6 0,43 325 0.65Banane 12,4 3,63 5425 10.85Igname 90,0 0,15 675 1.35Manioc 35,0 0,75 2250 4.5Taro 19,3 5,32 5965 11.93Cacao 1,5 0,58 7455 14.91Total 10,86 22095 44.19

* pertes exprimées en fonction des chiffres de production locaux et des coûtsmoyens sur le marché local. Le taux de plantes abîmés par type de culture (%pa) = tc /Ttc ; où tc est le nombre total de plants abîmés par type de culture etTtc est le nombre total des plantes de tous les types de cultures.

Figure 4. Estimation (en nombre de pieds à l’hectare) des dégâts causés par les éléphants dans lesplantations riveraines de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra en mars 1995.

Intacts Déracinés Cassés

1155.5

763.5

15.5265 43.5 24.5

134.5

41 22 0.542 10 3 0.5 4.5 0

664

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Page 22: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 19

DiscussionsLes conflits entre paysans vivant autour de la forêt etanimaux résultent principalement de dégâts causéspar ces derniers aux cultures. En effet, pendant lasaison sèche (de décembre à février), les éléphantsvisitent régulièrement les plantations agricolesintérieures et proches de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra. Selon Soulemane (2000), plusieurs

facteurs favorisent la migration des éléphantsdans le domaine rural en cette saison dont lemanque d’eau à l’intérieur de la forêt,l’intensification de la pression humaine(braconnage, feux de brousse et coupes debois) et la modification de la situationnutritionnelle en forêt.

En effet, pendant cette période, leséléphants ont tendance à éviter le fleuveSassandra et le centre de la forêt à cause dubraconnage. Ils se concentrent au Nord-Estde la forêt où ils sont attirés par une fortedensité de fruits dont ils sont friands. La re-cherche de nourriture pour compléter leursbesoins alimentaires dont les fruits ne peuventsatisfaire à eux seuls, les conduit dans lescultures qui sont à la périphérie de la forêt.

Les dommages causés aux cultures par leséléphants ne sont, en général, pas importants ;ils constituent moins de 5 % du revenu dupaysan à l’hectare. Ils sont inférieurs à ceuxcausés aux cultures par les oiseaux et autresmammifères (Dudley et al. 1992) et à ceuxcausés par les insectes et les maladies aux plan-tations de cacaoyers (Martin 1982). La naturetrès visible des dégâts et la peur engendrée parla présence des éléphants aux abords des plan-tations et à proximité des campementsinquiètent très souvent les paysans. Certainspaysans profiteraient de cette situation pourconspirer des abattages d’éléphants. Ainsi,surestiment-ils ou dramatisent-ils souvent lesdégâts pour obtenir des permis d’abattaged’éléphants. Comme exemple, certains paysansarguent dans leurs plantes que les éléphants ontconsommés toute leur production d’igname, cequi est très désastreux et effroyable pourl’autorité administrative et politique qu’ilsgagnent ainsi facilement à leur cause. Lorsquel’équipe d’inventaire se rend dans les ditesplantations pour faire le constat des dégâts,

ces paysans ont des problèmes pour leur montrer lesplantations d’ignames en question. Ces plantationssont en fait inexistantes car ce sont très souvent (fig.3 et tableau 2) cinq plantes d’igname dispersées surun hectare.

En général, les dégâts causés par les éléphants deforêt aux cultures ne sont toujours pas aussi désastreuxque cela est très souvent rapporté. Theuerkauf (1995)pense qu’il n’y a pratiquement pas de problèmes avec

LEGENDES

PN duMt. Sangbe

FCdeSéguéla

SÉGUÉLA

FCKoba

VAVOUAFCMt.TIA

FC duHautSassan--dra

Pélézi

Belle-villeDALOA

PNdu Mt.Péko

FCDoukoué

DOUKOUE

limite Forêt classée (FC) et Parc national (PN)route bituméepiste carossablevillageville

cours d’eau Echelle 1/1 200 000

Figure 5. Proposition de couloirs de migration des éléphantsautour de la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra ; les flèchescorrespondent aux propositions des couloirs de migrations.

Page 23: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

20 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

les éléphants de forêt qui quittent la Forêt classéede la Bossématié car il estime que les dommagesgardent des dimensions très réduites. Opoku (1988)estime à seulement 1.200.000 “cedis” soit 400 000 FCFA ou 2000 dollars US, les pertes causées par leséléphants aux cultures de cacao, banane, taro, igname,manioc et maïs de 30 plantations à la frontière du ParcNational de Bia au Ghana. Ces dommages ne touchantque 7 % de la production de maïs, 28 % de bananeplantin et pratiquement pas les pieds de cacaoyers ontpourtant occasionné l’abattage de 20 éléphants pardes agents officiels.

La dépouille d’éléphant découverte en forêttémoigne de l’existence encore de braconnaged’éléphant dans cette forêt. Sous l’effet de la colèreengendrée par le constat des dégâts provoqués par leséléphants dans leurs plantations, certains paysanss’aventurent encore en forêt à la recherche des“coupables”. Cette tache est dévolue aux agents desEaux et Forêts doivent donc exécuter eux-mêmesl’abattage des éléphants à problèmes et demander auxautres autorités compétentes d’arrêter de délivrer despermis d’abattage aux paysans.

Conclusion et recommandations

Les faits que les paysans s’investissent très peu dansla protection de leurs cultures et que les éléphants ontencore peur de rencontrer les paysans sont, indubi-tablement, le signe d’une certaine tolérance. Mais, vul’augmentation du nombre de paysans mécontents etla pénétration de quelques-uns d’entre eux dans laforêt classée pour abattre les éléphants, certaines dis-positions sont à prendre pour éviter l’aggravation deces conflits. Ainsi, nous recommandons :• la sensibilisation des gestionnaires des aires

protégées, et des autorités politiques etadministratives à la conservation de la nature ;

• la création de points d’eau permanents en forêt parla construction de digues ;

• le suivi de l’évolution de la population d’éléphantset du braconnage ;

• l’assistance et la formation des paysans àd’efficaces techniques d’éloignement des éléphantsdes plantations ;

• la réalisation d’études plus détaillées autour et àl’intérieur de la forêt pour mieux cerner lesproblèmes (caractéristiques des troupeauxnuisibles, recensement de toutes les victimes et detoutes les plantations autour de la forêt, etc.) et

adopter des solutions plus pratiques pour éviterl’extension et la complication des conflits ;

• la récolte des cultures dès leur maturation ;• le déplacement des paysans qui sont à l’intérieur

de la forêt classée ;• l’interdiction de l’établissement de permis

d’abattage d’éléphants ou d’autres grandsmammifères ; l’abattage de ces animaux doit êtremené par des agents des Eaux et Forêts ;

• l’aménagement de couloirs de migration d’une partentre la Forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra et lesforêts voisines (Forêt classée de Séguéla, Forêtclassée du Mont Tia, Forêt classée de Duékoué etle Parc national du Mont Péko) et d’autre part, en-tre ces forêts voisines elles-mêmes (figure 5).

RemerciementJe remercie le directeur général de la SODEFOR pouravoir accepté de financer cette étude. Je remercieparticulièrement M. Kouadjo Adji, directeur du cen-tre de gestion de la SODEFOR de Daloa, et M BahBilé V. , chef de division de la Forêt classsée du Haut-Sassandra pour leur bonne compréhension et leurappui logistique. J’adresse mes salutations amicalesà tout le personnel administratif et technique qui m’aaidé de loin ou de près à réaliser ce travail. Ma recon-naissance va enfin au professeur Foua Bi K. et au DrDosso Henri pour leurs conseils avisés.

Références bibliographiquesBarnes, R.F.W. 1996a. A proposed solution to the Kakum

elephant problem. “Facing the storm: five years of re-search in and around Kakum National Park, Ghana”, p17–20. Non publié.

Barnes, R.F.W. 1996b. The conflict between humans andelephants in the Central African forest. Mammal Review26(2/3):67–80.

Barnes, R.F.W., Azika, S., et Asamoah-Boateng, B. 1995.Timber, cocoa, and crop-raiding elephants: a preliminarystudy from Southern Ghana. Pachyderm 19:33–38.

Dickinson, B. 1998. A summary of the elephant crop-raidingsituation around Kakum National Park in 1997. Draft.23 p.

Dudley, J.P., Mensah Ntiamoah, A.Y., et Kpelle, D.G. 1992.Forest elephants in rain forest fragments: preliminaryfindings from a wildlife conservation project in southernGhana. African Journal of Ecology 30:116–126.

Guillaumet, J.L., et Adjanohoun, E. 1969. Carte de la

Page 24: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 21

végétation de la Côte-d’Ivoire. Ech. 1/500000è, feuille Sud-Ouest, ORSTOM, Adiopodoumé.

Hoare, R. 1995. Options for the control of elephants in con-flict with people. Pachyderm 19:54–63.

Martin, C. 1982. Management plan for the Bia WildlifeConservation Areas, part 1 : Wildlife and National ParksDivision, Ghana Forestry Commission. Final reportIUCN/WWF project 1251. Non publié. 152 p.

Naughton-Treves, L. 1998. Predicting patterns of crop dam-age by wildlife around Kibale National Park, Uganda.Conservation Biology 12 (1):156–168.

Opoku, G.K. 1988. The elephant (Loxodonta africanacyclotis) farm raiding around Bia National Park, incidents,causes and solutions. Diploma thesis, Kumasi, Ghana.45 p.

Parker, I.S.C., et Graham, A.D. 1989. Men, elephants andcompetition. Simposia of the Zoological Society of Lon-don 61:241–252.

Perraud, A., et De La Souchere, P. 1970. Esquissepédologique de la Côte-d’Ivoire. Ech. 1/500000è, feuilleSud-Ouest, ORSTOM, Adiopodoumé.

SODEFOR. 1996a. Plan d’aménagement de la Forêt classéedu Haut-Sassandra (1995–2014). Centre de gestion deDaloa (Côte-d’Ivoire), Division du Haut-Sassandra,Secteurs de Belleville-Pélézi-Dania. 194 p.

SODEFOR. 1996b. Plan de gestion de la Forêt Classée duHaut-Sassandra (1995–2014). Centre de gestion de Daloa(Côte-d’Ivoire), Division du Haut-Sassandra, Secteursde Belleville-Pélézi-Dania.¡ 20 p.

Soulemane, O. 2000. Ecologie et comportement deLoxodonta africana cyclotis (Matschie, 1900)Elephantidae dans la forêt classée du Haut-Sassandra enrapport avec l’anthropisation de ce milieu. Thèse deDoctorat de 3eme cycle. Université de Cocody-Abidjan(Côte-d’Ivoire). 160 p.

Sukumar, S. 1990. Ecology of the Asian elephant in south-ern India. 2: Feeding habits and crop raiding patterns.Journal of Tropical Ecology 6:33–53.

Theuerkauf, J. 1995. Qualité de la Forêt classée de laBossématié et aménagement de l’espèce-cible : l’éléphantde forêt. SODEFOR/GTZ, Abengourou/ Côte-d’Ivoire.34 p.

Thouless, C.R., Sakwa, J. 1995. Shocking elephants : fencesand crop raiders in Laikipia District, Kenya. BiologicalConservation 72:99–107.

Vanleeuwe, H., Lambrechts, C. 1999. Human activities onMount Kenya from an elephant’s perspective. Pachyderm27:69–73.

Waithaka, J. 1999. Monitoring human–elephant conflictthrough remotely located stations. Pachyderm 27:66–68.

Page 25: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

22 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

IntroductionThe southern white rhinoceros, Ceratotherium simumsimum (Burchell, 1817), which once ranged over largetracts of southern Africa, was almost exterminated atthe beginning of the 20th century. At its lowest point,scarcely 20 animals were reported living in one smallpopulation in Zululand, South Africa. The popula-tion recovered and is now the most numerous rhinoc-eros taxon. This account is familiar, as it is foundthroughout rhino literature, both popular and scien-tific. However, on careful analysis, we discover varia-tions on this theme. The year in which the minimumwas reached is stated to be 1895 . . . or 1900 or 1910

or 1920. The number of remaining animals was maybea handful . . . or 20 or 50 or 100. These inconsisten-cies have been noted earlier, for instance by Foster(1960), Player and Feely (1960), and Skinner andSmithers (1990). Here I provide historical backgroundto determine if the evidence placed in the context ofits times allows an improved understanding of thisdiscrepancy.

Extinction of the white rhinoAt the end of the 19th century, the educated public inEurope and America became increasingly aware of

Miscounted population of the southern white rhinoceros(in the early 19th century?

Kees Rookmaaker

Rhino Resources CenterChapelgate, St Neots Road, Dry Drayton CB3 8BE, United Kingdomemail: [email protected]

Abstract

In 1900 the total number of white rhinos in the world was thought not to exceed 20 animals, which were livingin a remote corner of Zululand, South Africa. While this fact is often repeated, there are discrepancies in thereports concerning the date and the total number. The historical evidence is placed in a context of gameslaughter to eradicate the tsetse fly menace and efforts of a small conservation-minded community to safe-guard the wilderness. There are no records before 1894, and between 1899 and 1927 the status of the whiterhino was determined from hearsay only, with reported numbers remaining stable between 4 and 50 speci-mens. Indications are that actually in no one period did a great decrease in the population occur. Numbersreported were kept low for political reasons, and there are reasons to suggest that there must have been up to200 white rhinos in Zululand throughout this period.

Résumé

En 1900, on pensait que le nombre total de rhinos blancs dans le monde n’excédait pas 20 animaux, quivivaient dans un coin perdu du Zululand, en Afrique du Sud. Alors que cette affirmation est souvent reprise,il existe des divergences dans les rapports au sujet des dates et du nombre total. Les preuves historiques sontà situer dans un contexte d’abattage de gibier destiné à éradiquer la menace posée par la mouche tsé-tsé tandisqu’une petite communauté soucieuse de conservation s’efforçait de sauvegarder la vie sauvage. Il n’existeaucun rapport antérieur à 1894 et, entre 1899 et 1927, le statut du rhino blanc se basait uniquement sur desouï-dire, les nombres restant stables, entre 4 et 50 spécimens. On dispose d’indications selon lesquelles, àaucun moment, il n’y a eu de forte diminution de la population. Les nombres rapportés ont été maintenus baspour des raisons politiques et l’on a des raisons de penser qu’il y a eu jusqu’à 200 rhinos blancs au Zululandà cette période-là.

Page 26: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 23

the dwindling numbers of game animals in Africa,once thought to be abundant and inexhaustible. Thisimpression was gained from the popular and well-informed writings of Frederick C. Selous (1851–1917), who first arrived in South Africa in 1871. Hefollowed the example of contemporary hunters andadventurers in travelling from the coast directly tothe regions between the Limpopo and Zambezi Riv-ers. In A Hunter’s Wanderings in Africa (1881a), heexpressed his growing concern about the reductionin the number of white rhinos. He illustrated his ap-prehension by quoting his own experiences on theRiver Chobe: in 1874 the white rhinoceros was a com-mon sight; in 1877 only tracks could be found and in1879 even those had disappeared. The conclusion wasinevitable: ‘it must be almost extinct in that portionof the country’ (Selous 1881b). While he still huntedthe species in Zimbabwe in 1882, Selous repeatedhis misgivings in his Travel and Adventure in South-East Africa of 1893, convinced that the white rhinowas ‘upon the verge of extinction’ (Selous 1893: 58).According to him, ‘some few white rhinoceroses nodoubt still survive, but it is not too much to say thatlong before the close of the century the white rhinoc-eros will have vanished from the face of the earth’(Selous 1893: 158). These sentiments were generallyechoed in the works of his contemporaries, and soonmost people were convinced that the white rhinoc-eros was no more, or would be extinct very soon.

New discoveriesAlthough there were no known procedures to reducethe risk of imminent extinction, new discoveries di-minished the pressure to act. In 1900, Major AlfredSt Hill Gibbons returned to England with the skull ofa rhinoceros killed in the Lado Enclave of Sudan, fi-nally confirming the occurrence of the white rhino incentral Africa. In 1911, Colonel Theodore Rooseveltmounted a major expedition to Rhino Camp inUganda to secure specimens for the National Museumin Washington, DC, showing that the white rhino waslocally abundant (Heller 1913). An earlier discoverywas contained in news from South Africa that in 1894a shooting party organized by C. R. Varndell had killedsix white rhinos at the junction of the Black and theWhite Umfolozi Rivers in Zululand (Player 1972: 33).This was a surprise, because until that time nobodyreally suspected the existence of a population of whiterhinos on the south-east coast of South Africa. That

fact was hardly known and certainly not publicized.There were two reasons why these animals had re-mained undetected for a long time. In the first place,hunters or zoologists rarely visited Zululand duringthe 19th century. Only Adulphe Delegorgue (1814–1850) had secured a specimen of the white rhino nearthe Umfolozi River in 1842; that specimen was laterdonated to the Natural History Museum in Paris.Maybe the Zulus, perceived to be an aggressive tribe,deterred casual visitors from coming to the region.Second, the land was infested by tsetse flies, causingfarmers who came early to settle in the neighbourhoodof Durban to opt for less dangerous areas.

Preservation of the rhinocerosWhen it became known that six rare white rhinos hadbeen shot in Zululand in 1894, local conservationistssuccessfully petitioned the government for their pro-tection, and on 30 April 1895 the Umfolozi JunctionReserve was proclaimed. The area was undeveloped,unexplored, remote, uninhabited because of the preva-lence of tsetse, and the game had remained undis-turbed. This situation continued for quite awhile andwas unchanged when Frederick Vaughan Kirby wasappointed the first game conservator of Zululand in1911 (he retired in 1928). In the years following this,however, Zululand became the focus of intense po-litical campaigning, because farmers and settlerswanting to move into the area called for action toeradicate the tsetse fly (Pringle 1970). The govern-ment yielded to pressure from the strong farming com-munity and ordered the extermination of all game.This decision resulted in an unimaginable slaughterof wildlife, impossible to comprehend or visualizetoday. In August 1917, Operation Game Extermina-tion lifted all existing restrictions, allowing all ani-mals except rhinos, hippos and nyala to be shot. Nowonder the small community of conservation-mindedzoologists in Durban started to lobby for the protec-tion of wildlife. The white rhino, already extinct else-where, of great rarity and intrinsic value was certainlytheir most important weapon. In 1912, the white rhinowas included in Schedule C (Royal Game), whichmeant that they could be captured or killed only un-der permit from the administrator. When the UmfoloziReserve was deproclaimed in August 1920, as a re-sult of demands by local farmers, the white rhino re-mained protected as Royal Game. The reserve wasre-established in 1930.

Page 27: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

24 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Table 1. Estimates of numbers of white rhinos in South Africa, 1899–1938

Date Region Numbers Reference

1899 Zululand 4 Renshaw 19041900 Zululand a few W.L. Sclater 1900, vol.1: 3021901 Zululand a few Selous 1901: 1851902 Zululand 2 escaped and were killed in December C.R. Saunders in Newton 1903;

Renshaw 19041903 Umfolozi about 15 Magistrate of Mahlabatini, in Vincent

and Geddes Page 1983: 781903 Zululand traces abundant in reserve, animal not

seen during short visit; total about 10 C.R. Saunders, in Newton 19031909 Zululand 12, including 2–3 calves Selous 1914: 151911 Zululand a few Schouteden 19111912 Zululand some 15 Stevenson-Hamilton 1912: 671913 Zululand some 10 Heller 1913: 361916 Zululand between 30 and 40 adult animals Kirby in Pringle 1970: 124

resident in the reserve, as well as auseful number of calves

1917 Umfolozi GR about 30–40 plus a useful number of Kirby 1917calves

1917 Zululand about 12 Millais 1919: 1541920 Now very scarce, found only in Zululand (where even Haagner 1920: 125

there it is uncommon and where a special reserve existsfor its preservation), and in parts of Rhodesia

1920 Zululand about 20 in the game reserves Fitzsimons 1920: 2071920 Zululand about 20 Kirby 1920a1920 Zululand 4 shot by Henry A. Snow, out of a Hornaday 1924: 12; Kirby 1920b: 11

population of 281920 Zululand it can be assumed that there were Vincent and Geddes Page 1983: 79

between 150 and 2001921 Zululand extinct in the wild, a few semi-wild under Dollman 1921

government protection1923 Umfolozi a few Lang 1923: 156, caption for fig. 11923 Umfolozi certainly not more than 16, and probably J. Stevenson-Hamilton, letter of 12

not more than 12 in the reserve; two Oct 1923, published in Hornadaywere shot by a young man 1924; cf. Lang 1924: 174

1926 South Africa 20 Hobley 19261928 Umfolozi 28 Kirby, report of game conservator, in

Pringle 1970: 1351929 Zululand official count 120, maybe 150 H. Lang in Shortridge 1934: 4261930 Zululand about 50 Ernest Warren in Shortridge 1934: 4261930 Umfolozi count: 120 in the reserve plus 30 on Skinner and Smithers 1990: 567

adjacent ground1932 Umfolozi 220 counted Kluge 19501934 Umfolozi GR 134 in the reserve and 72 outside Capt. H.B. Potter in Vincent and

Geddes Page 1983: 791936 Umfolozi GR 226 excluding calves Kluge 19501938 Umfolozi GR estimated at 300 Capt. H.B. Potter in Vincent and

Geddes Page 1983: 79

Page 28: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 25

Status of the white rhinoceros inZululand

Before 1899, the number of rhinos living betweenthe Black and the White Umfolozi Rivers was un-known. The estimates of the numbers published be-tween 1899 and 1938 are listed in table 1. Two gen-eral observations are apparent. First, most figures wereprovided by people (like Selous), who never had anopportunity to obtain first-hand evidence in Zululand.Second, the numbers remained relatively stable dur-ing the entire period from 1899 to 1929, ranging from4 to 50. Visits to the Umfolozi Reserve were rare,even by the authorities in charge; indeed for manyyears it was closed to the public entirely.

C.R. Saunders, the chief magistrate and civil com-missioner of Zululand, went there in 1902 and whilehe saw many tracks, he failed to see a rhino. He esti-mated their number at about 10. Kirby went toUmfolozi during his official tours as game conserva-tor of Zululand. In a paper published in 1917, he rec-ognized that it was very difficult to compute the num-

ber of rhinos present inside or outside the reserve. Heguessed that there would be 30 to 40 adults. As heexcluded the unknown number of calves and all ani-mals outside the reserve’s boundary, his estimate couldmean that there were almost certainly over 50 whiterhinos alive in that part of Zululand. In 1922, Kirbygave a revised number of 20 white rhinos, and it isthis latter figure that has been regularly quoted in themore recent literature on the subject (Vincent andGeddes Page 1983: 79). An unexpected response toKirby’s estimate was given by Maqubu Mtombela,who was employed as a game guard in Umfolozi from1918. When Maqubu was interviewed in the late1950s, he laughed about the number of rhinos andsaid that Kirby was hiding them: ‘Maqubu maintainedthat there were far more white rhino in Umfolozi thenthan there are at present. The big decline in numberscame in the drought of 1932’ (Foster 1960: 24).

Wildlife authorities in the USA, when approachedby members of nature conservation bodies in Natalin the 1920s, were greatly concerned about the con-tinued existence of the rhinoceros in Zululand

White rhinoceros in South Africa. Undated drawing by Charles Bammy preserved in the South AfricanLibrary, Cape Town.

Page 29: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

26 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Table 2. Estimates of numbers of white rhinoceros in Botswana, Mozambique, Zambia and Zimbabwe,1896–1931

Date Region Estimate Reference

1896 Matamiri bush, south ‘has been favourite resort, but they have Kirby 1896: 9bank of Sabi River become almost extinct now even there.

In 1895, I came upon a cow and big calf,but they are decidedly rare.’

1899 Botswana, Lake Ngami 7, of which 3 left in 1904 Dr Gunning (Pretoria) inRenshaw 1904

1901 N. Mashonaland a few still exist Selous 1901: 185

1903 Botswana, Lake Ngami 4 Sidney 1965: 591909 Mashonaland ‘a few may still linger in the Selous 1914: 15

neighbourhood of the Angwa River innorthern Mashonaland’

1909 Mashonaland not more than a dozen wild specimens, Bryden 1909: 60in one corner of north-easternMashonaland and in Umfolozi

1912 Zimbabwe ‘I heard, quite lately, that one or two had Stevenson-Hamiltonbeen seen in southern Rhodesia’ 1912: 67

1920 Zimbabwe ‘I understand it is now entirely extinct in Kirby 1920a: 224Rhodesia’

1920 Zimbabwe one or two in remoter parts Fitzsimons 1920: 2071923 Zambia, Tara ‘there are quite a few at present living Hubbard 1923: 229

not far from here, just how many it is [unlikely, says Langimpossible to say’ 1924: 175]

1931 Zimbabwe 7 still exist on the Portuguese–Nuenetsi J.F. Fleming, 12 Jan 1931,border in Shortridge 1934: 426

(Hornaday1924). In 1927, Dr Herbert Lang, asso-ciate curator of mammals of the American Museumof Natural History in New York, came to South Af-rica and spoke on behalf of the conservation move-ment, hoping to stem the tide of the anti-tsetse cam-paign (Pringle 1970: 127). The official war againstwildlife continued unabated with an inconceivableeffort. Between May 1929 and November 1930, forinstance, 26,162 wild animals were killed in the bufferzone around Umfolozi and 377 inside the reserve(Pringle 1970: 132). Although possibly the rhino wasofficially spared, one wonders if a few were not acci-dentally included in the slaughter.

In 1928, Kirby stated that 28 rhinos existed, but aranger called Wehrner counted 150. Herbert Langknew that it was important to understand the actualnumbers in the Umfolozi Reserve. At the end of the1920s, he attempted an actual count and walkedthrough the entire reserve, from dawn until night, andconcluded that the only positive way to conduct acensus was by individual identification of each ani-mal (Pringle 1970: 135). Requested by the Game Ad-

visory Committee, Lang spent another three weeksin the reserve in November 1929 and reported 100animals inside and 38 outside the reserve. R.H.T.P.Harris, who was in charge of tsetse fly research, in 1929estimated the number to be 120 (Foster 1960). The es-timates for the period between 1925 and 1930, there-fore, ranged from 28 to 150 white rhinos in Umfolozi,with an unknown number outside the reserve.

A success story

We can now put the various pieces of evidence intoperspective. The first question to answer is to whatnumber was the southern white rhino reduced. Thefigures in tables 1 and 2 show that the estimates ofbetween 4 and 50 animals were unrealistic. Even ifthis figure were applied to the Umfolozi Reservealone, it does not take into account the remnant popu-lations in other regions. It is also evident that none ofthe so-called estimates were based on actual countsor even on first-hand information. While Kirby (1917)estimated 30–40 adult animals, he said nothing about

Page 30: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 27

the number of calves (possibly five?), nor about theunknown number of rhinos living outside the reserve.Other sources are equally vague. The numbers werekept low for political reasons, rather than to reflectthe true status. This was neatly summarized by Skin-ner and Smithers (1990: 567): ‘By the end of the 19thcentury the southern white rhinoceros was reducedto only one population of about 50 to 100 in the south-ern part of the area which now forms the Hluhluwe–Umfolozi Game Reserve in Natal. It appears the popu-lation estimate of 20 for this time was a deliberateunder-estimate to convince politicians of the urgencyof the situation.’

The year in which the population reached its mini-mum size is inconclusive from the literature. Thereare no records before 1894. From that time until about1927, most authors, lacking first-hand observations,quoted very low numbers, up to a maximum of 40white rhinos in southern Africa. Then suddenly in1929, there were at least 150. This in itself is quiteimpossible as there must have been some change,positive or negative, during the period. In the absenceof data, we may never know the truth.

It is my supposition, based on this historical evi-dence, that there is no reason to believe that therewere ever less than 200 white rhinos in Zululand be-fore 1929, initially perhaps augmented by another 50elsewhere in Botswana, Mozambique, South Africaand Zimbabwe. The subspecies was exterminated inall areas outside Zululand during the first three de-cades of the 20th century.

I would say that the number of white rhinos neverwas as few as suggested in much of the literature. How-ever, this historical analysis does show how effectiveconservation can be. There are now over 9000 whiterhinos of the southern subspecies in the world—in na-tional parks and on private land in South Africa, in otherAfrican countries, and in zoos and circuses around theworld (Emslie and Brooks 1999). These numbers havecome about because of stringent protection, law enforce-ment, personal devotion and far-sighted managementon the part of the staff and authorities in South Africa.A similar effort is now necessary to save the northernwhite rhinoceros, Ceratotherium simum cottoni(Lydekker 1908), from extinction.

ReferencesBryden, H.A. 1909. Animals of Africa. Sands and Co., Lon-

don and Edinburgh.

Dollman, J.G. 1921. Catalogue of the Selous collection ofbig game in the British Museum (Natural History). Trust-ees of the British Museum, London.

Emslie, Richard, and Brooks, Martin. 1999. African rhino:status survey and conservation action plan. IUCN/ SSCAfrican Rhino Specialist Group.

Fitzsimons, F.W. 1920. The natural history of South Af-rica: Mammals, vol. 3. Longmans, Green and Co., Lon-don.

Foster, W.E. 1960. The square-lipped rhinoceros. Lam-mergeyer 1:24–35, 1 plate.

Haagner, Alwi. 1920. South African mammals: a shortmanual for the use of field naturalists, sportsmen andtravellers. H.F.G. Witherby, Cape Town, and T. MaskewMiller, London.

Heller, Edmund. 1913. The white rhinoceros. SmithsonianMiscellaneous Collections 6 (1), i, 1–56, plates 1–31.

Hobley, C.W. 1926. The Zululand game reserves: a sum-mary of the position and some suggestions. Journal ofthe Society for the Preservation of the Fauna of the Em-pire (N.S.) 6:42–48.

Hornaday, W.T. 1924. Threatened quick extinction of thewhite rhinoceroses. Zoological Society Bulletin, New York27(1):12–15.

Hubbard, Wynant Davis. 1923. Big game in Rhodesia. Jour-nal of Mammalogy 4:228–230.

Kirby, F. Vaughan. 1896. In haunts of wild game: a hunter-naturalist’s wanderings from Kahlamba to Libombo.William Blackwood and Sons, Edinburgh and London.

———. 1917. Game and game preservation in Zululand.South African Journal of Science 13:375–394.

———. 1920a. The white rhinoceros, with special refer-ence to its habits in Zululand. Annals of the Durban Mu-seum 2(5):223–242, plate 27.

——— [signed ‘Mfohloza’]. 1920b. The southern whiterhinoceros: its history, peculiarities, habits and behav-iour. Wildlife Protection Society, Natal Branch, Durban.

Kluge, E. 1950. The white rhinoceros of the Umfolozi GameReserve. African Wild Life 4 (2):154–159, 3 figs.

Lang, Herbert. 1923. Recent and historical notes on thesquare-lipped rhinoceros (Ceratotherium simum). Jour-nal of Mammalogy 4:155–163, plate 16, figs. 1–2.

———. 1924. Threatened extinction of the white rhinoc-eros (Ceratotherium simum). Journal of Mammalogy 5:173–180.

Millais, J.G. 1919. Life of Frederick Courtenay Selous,D.S.O., Capt. 25th Royal Fusilliers. Longmans, Greenand Co., London.

Newton, Alfred. 1903. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,photographs of the white rhinoceros taken by C. R.

Page 31: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

28 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Saunders. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lon-don 1903(1):222–224, figs. 39–40.

Player, Ian. 1972. The white rhino saga. Collins, London.Player, I.C., and Feely, J.M. 1960. A preliminary report on

the square-lipped rhinoceros Ceratotherium simumsimum. Lammergeyer 1(1):3–23, 1 plate, 3 maps.

Pringle, John A. 1970. The conservationists and the kill-ers: the story of game protection and the Wild Life Soci-ety of Southern Africa. T.V. Bulpin and Books of Africa,Cape Town.

Renshaw, Graham. 1904. Natural history essays. Sherrattand Hughes, London and Manchester.

Schouteden, H. 1911. Le Rhinocéros blanc. Revue Zoo-logique Africaine 1:118–124, pl. vi, fig. 1.

Sclater, William Lutley. 1900. The mammals of South Af-rica, vol. I: Primates, Carnivora and Ungulata. R.H.Porter, London.

Selous, F.C. 1881a. A hunter’s wanderings in Africa, beinga narrative of nine years spent amongst the game of thefar interior of South Africa. Containing accounts of ex-plorations beyond the Zambesi, on the River Chobe, andin the Matabele and Mashuna countries, with full notesupon the natural history and present distribution of allthe large mammalia. Richard Bentley and Son, London.

———. 1881b. On the South-African rhinoceroses. Pro-ceedings of the Zoological Society of London 7 June,1881, 725–734, pl. lxii.

———. 1893. Travel and adventure in south east Africa,being the narrative of the last eleven years spent by the

author on the Zambesi and its tributaries; with an ac-count of the colonisation of Mashunaland and theprogress of the gold industry in that country. RowlandWard and Co. Ltd., London.

———. 1901. The rhinoceros. In: C.J. Cornish, ed., Theliving animals of the world, a popular natural history,vol. 1: Mammals. Hutchinson and Co., London, p. 182–188, 8 figs.

———. 1914. The white or square-mouthed rhinoceros,Rhinoceros simums. In: F.C. Selous, J.G. Millais and AbelChapman, The gun at home and abroad: the big game ofAfrica and Europe. The London and Counties Press As-sociation, London. p. 14–17.

Shortridge, Guy Chester. 1934. The mammals of South WestAfrica: a biological account of the forms in that region,vol. 1. William Heinemann, London.

Sidney, Jasmine. 1965. The past and present distribution ofsome African ungulates. Transactions of the ZoologicalSociety of London 30:1–397, figs. 1–39, maps 1–94.

Skinner, John D., and Smithers, Reay H.N. 1990. The mam-mals of the Southern African subregion, new ed. Univer-sity of Pretoria, Pretoria.

Stevenson-Hamilton, J. 1912. Animal life in Africa .Heinemann, London.

Vincent, J., and Geddes Page, J. 1983. Back from the brink:the white rhino story. In: Proceedings of an InternationalSymposium on ‘The Extinction Alternative‘ presented bythe Endangered Wildlife Trust, Johannesburg, 19–20 May1983. Endangered Wildlife Trust, Johannesburg. p. 77–82.

Ed. note: The author has published a similar paper, ‘The alleged population reduction of the Southern WhiteRhinoceros (Ceratotherium simum simum) and the successful recovery’ in 2001 in SaugetierkundlicheMitteilungen 45(2):55–70. We are publishing this version to bring the paper to a wider readership.

Page 32: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 29

IntroductionThe most southerly survivors of the African elephant(Loxodonta africana Blumenbach) today occur in-land of Knysna, a town on the south coast of South

Elephant diet at the edge of the Fynbos Biome, South Africa

Antoni V. Milewski

Percy FitzPatrick Institute of African Ornithology, University of Cape Town, Private Bag, Rondebosch 7701,South Africaemail: [email protected] and [email protected]

Abstract

Qualitative observations of the diet of the African elephant near Knysna over the decade 1990–2000 made byforest guards Wilfred Oraai and Karel Maswati are presented and discussed. The elephants studied were thelast three native elephants and two introduced juveniles. This is the first evidence that elephants routinely eatthe nutrient-poor, heathy shrubs and wiry grasslike plants of fynbos. The introduced juveniles generally ig-nored the relatively nutrient-rich, soft shrubs and herbaceous plants, including legumes and tuberous mono-cotyledonous plants regenerating after fire. Fynbos appears to be a far more attractive food resource thanwere the saplings of the tallest species of forest trees. Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus (Celastraceae) and speciesof Acacia introduced from Australia were among the most palatable trees to elephants near Knysna. Even theintroduced juveniles routinely broke far more trees of Acacia spp. than they could eat. Seeds of these speciesseldom germinated from their faeces, suggesting that elephants may be useful in controlling invasive exotictrees in the south-western Cape. Barring of the original routes to the coast may have left the Knysna elephantsdeficient in iodine and selenium, explaining their slow reproduction and avoidance of plants potentially ag-gravating deficiency of these elements. This study provides encouragement for renewed attempts to conservethe African elephant in the Fynbos Biome.

Résumé

Ici sont présentées et discutées les observations qualitatives du régime alimentaire des éléphants de la régionde Knysna, qui ont été faites par les gardes forestiers Wilfred Oraai et Karel Maswati entre 1990 et 2000. Leséléphants étudiés étaient les trois natifs derniers de l’endroit et deux juvéniles qui ont été introduits. C’est lapremière preuve du fait que les éléphants mangent habituellement les arbustes rabougris et les plantes herbeusesdrues pauvres en nutriments du fynbos. Les juvéniles introduits ignorent généralement les arbustes plus tendreset les plantes herbeuses relativement riches en nutriments, y compris les légumineuses et les monocotylédonestubéreuses qui repoussent après les feux. Le fynbos semble être une ressource alimentaire bien plus appréciéeque ne le sont les repousses des plus grandes espèces d’arbres. Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus (Celastraceae) etles espèces d’Acacia introduites d’Australie comptent parmi les espèces les plus appréciées des éléphants dela région de Knysna. Les juvéniles introduits cassent même régulièrement plus de troncs d’Acacia spp. qu’ilsn’en pourraient manger. Les semences de ces espèces germent rarement à partir de leurs excréments, ce quisuggère que les éléphants peuvent être utiles pour le contrôle des arbres exotiques envahissants dans le sud-ouest de la province du Cap. La fermeture des voies d’accès originales vers la côte pourraient avoir entraînéchez les éléphants de Knysna une déficience en iode et en sélénium, ce qui expliquerait la lenteur de leurreproduction et leur aversion pour des plantes qui pourraient éventuellement aggraver leur déficience dansces éléments. Cette étude constitue un encouragement pour de nouvelles tentatives destinées à maintenirl’éléphant d’Afrique dans le biome du Fynbos.

Africa. An attempt was made in July 1994 to increasethe relict population by introducing three orphanedfemale juveniles from Kruger National Park. One diedsoon after release, and although the two surviving

Page 33: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

30 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

juveniles were healthy and grew normally, they wereremoved in July 1999 (Withers 2001).

The nutrition of the African elephant in the FynbosBiome of the south-western Cape (from Cape Townto Port Elizabeth) is of interest, in view of the nutri-ent-poor local soils. The Knysna elephants have re-produced too slowly to maintain their population,despite excellent body condition and a lack of com-peting species of large herbivores (Carter 1971; Koen1984; Seydack et al. 2000; Milewski 2002). Fynbosis a complex of shrubby, evergreen, nutrient-poorvegetation. It varies from tall thickets throughheathlands to low, open vegetation dominated bywiry grasslike plants, according to soil moisture anddepth, and stage of regeneration after fire. Knysna ismarginal to the Fynbos Biome, because fynbos is hereinterrupted by the largest area of indigenous evergreenafromontane forest (hereafter referred to as forest) inSouth Africa.

The diet of native and introduced individuals ofthe African elephant was documented from opportu-nistic observations made by forest guards WilfredOraai and Karel Maswati near Knysna from 1990 to2000. Several lines of investigation suggest that at-tempts should be renewed to conserve the Africanelephant in the Fynbos Biome.

History of the population

The African elephant was common near Knysna dur-ing the 19th century and was hunted for ivory untilapproximately 1900 (Seydack et al. 2000). The popu-lation declined to approximately 20 animals in 1908,to 10 in 1970, and 3 in 1983. For half a century (1920–1970), the Knysna el-ephants failed to in-crease despite minimallosses to hunting and thecontinual presence ofsexually mature females(Seydack et al. 2000).

During the present study (1990–2000), only one in-dividual (a female now more than 50 years old, andprobably post-reproductive) was thought to remain.Subsequently, it was realized that the population stillcomprises three sexually mature individuals (With-ers 2001). Since I cannot be sure which of the threenative individuals was trailed and occasionallyglimpsed during fieldwork, I refer to these collectivelyas the last native elephants.

The African elephant has survived in the south-western Cape long after the extermination of the twolargest species of African bovids, the African buffalo(Syncerus caffer) and the eland (Tragelaphus oryx)(Phillips 1925; Skead 1980). The last native elephantshave been extremely secretive, confining themselveslargely to forest and fynbos on government land.

The introduced juveniles were 5 to 12 years oldduring the study period, attaining 90% of mature fe-male shoulder height by the time they were removed,in good condition. Authorities decided to capture thembecause they remained outside government land, outof contact with the last native elephants. The intro-duced juveniles are now sexually mature females re-siding in Shamwari Game Reserve, east of Port Eliza-beth (Withers 2001).

Study areaThe study area of 250 km2 extends approximately 25km from west to east, north-east of Knysna, and con-sists partly of natural vegetation straddling the poorlydefined edge of the Fynbos Biome (fig. 1). The homeranges of the last native elephants are cut off from

Figure 1. The FynbosBiome showing variousshrubby vegetation typeswithin this biome and thestrip of afromontane forestthat forms an enclavebetween fynbos and thecoast near Knysna (mapadapted from that kindlysupplied by ThomasKöhler, Redhouse).

Page 34: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 31

the coast by cleared and built-up areas, a national high-way and sea cliffs approximately 100 m high in theHarkerville area (Carter 1971). The south-west of thestudy area is a nutrient-poor coastal plain, with forestand tall, dense fynbos similar to the thickets of Ericaand other shrubs characteristic of mountains in EastAfrica. The north-east of the study area includes foot-hills of the east–west sandstone range of theOuteniqua Mountains, covered with low fynbos, richin plant species. Dry, north-facing slopes of theKeurbooms River gorge have grassy vegetation withaloes, repeatedly crossed by the introduced juvenilesin 1998–1999. Forest is mainly on government land,whereas fynbos is most extensive on private land,some of which serves as rough pasture for cattle.

Forest and fynbos differ greatly in vegetationheight, floristic composition, and fire regime. Forestis essentially free of fire, whereas most plants offynbos depend on fire for regeneration. The genusAcacia, although native to the south-western Cape,is represented near Knysna only by several speciesintroduced from Australia. One of these, A. melan-oxylon, has valuable timber but is not confined to plan-tations.

MethodsInformation accumulated by observant game guardshas value, even if it is not collected systematically.Unless recorded by scientists, such data are likely tobe lost when personnel retire.

The information used in this study was gatheredby W. Oraai and K. Maswati, employed by the SouthAfrican Department of Water Affairs and Forestry(DWAF), and based in the Diepwalle forest block.Over the study decade, these two forest guards rou-tinely spent several days at a time locating and fol-lowing both the last native elephants and the intro-duced juveniles as part of their official duties in moni-toring the Knysna elephants. W. Oraai spent most ofhis working time following the introduced juvenilesover five years (1994–1999). The last native elephantsremained shy despite repeated attempts to approachthem. Therefore, their diet could be assessed only in-directly from damage to vegetation, disturbance ofearth and contents of fresh faeces. The introducedjuveniles became habituated to the point of allowingthe two guards to approach within 50 m. This permit-ted direct observations of the diet of these fast-grow-ing elephants as they approached sexual maturity.

My role was to record and interpret the observa-tions after the fieldwork was complete. The guardsshared their knowledge in three interviews in the Af-rikaans language at Diepwalle Forest Station in Julyand September 2000. I first interviewed both guardstogether for seven hours and then interviewed W.Oraai alone 45 days later for three hours. Severalpublished field guides to trees and shrubs and a com-pendium of colour photographs of most of the herba-ceous plants of forest and forest edge in the studyarea (Baard 1994) were used to identify plant spe-cies. The guards supplied information from memory,since they had not made written notes. No quantita-tive data emerged from this study. However, I checkedthe consistency of replies by repeating many ques-tions during the second interview. Less than 3% ofall replies were inconsistent. During the first inter-view, I was told that Chasmanthe, Clutia, Gymnospor-ia, and Solanum were not eaten, whereas during thesecond interview I was told that these taxa were eaten.The third interview took the form of a one-day visit(17 Sept. 2000) by four-wheel-drive vehicle to for-aging sites of the introduced juveniles in fynbos andfarmland. This was led by W. Oraai, at a time whenmost species of herbaceous plants were apparent inthe spring of 2000. Results (including all tables) re-fer collectively to the introduced juveniles and lastnative elephants, except where stated otherwise. Al-though several differences between the diets of theintroduced juveniles and the last native elephantsemerged in the course of the interviews, it will re-quire further interviews to resolve these differencesfor the whole list of plant taxa eaten.

In addition, seven juvenile elephants are now keptin a large enclosure of fynbos and forest at the KnysnaElephant Park, outside the study area. Accompaniedby W. Oraai, I noted the dietary preferences of thethree elephants present at the time, in September 2000.The proprietors, I. and L. Withers, conducted my visit.Since the three elephants are not free living and areartificially provided with much of their food, they areexcluded from the Results but are discussed whereappropriate.

Results

The last native elephants remained in the south-west ofthe study area. During the study decade (1990–2000),they appear to have spent approximately 80% of theirtime in forest, 19% in low-altitude fynbos, and 1% in

Page 35: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

32 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

plantations of exotic but non-invasive tree species.The introduced juveniles initially spent less than

two months with the last native elephants, mainly inforest (Seydack et al. 2000). They then left the homerange of the Knysna elephants and spent years infynbos in the north-east of the study area, wanderingon the foothills of the Outeniqua Mountains. The in-troduced juveniles and last native elephants alike wereattracted to fynbos, which was regenerating freshlyless than six months after the few and localized firesrecorded during the study period. However, the juve-niles spent most of their time in mature fynbos withvaried densities of Australian species of Acacia andHakea, which are invasive exotics over much of thesouth-western Cape. They appeared to be moststrongly attracted to fynbos in winter.

During the five years of their stay (1994–1999),the introduced juveniles spent more than 80% of theirtime in fynbos and rough pasture, 10% in patches offorest, 5% in well-grown plantations, and less than5% near croplands, where they occasionally raidedpumpkins, cabbages, tomatoes and oats. Attemptswere made in 1999 to attract the introduced juvenilesto a capture site with bales of lucerne, molasses andoranges. These foods were accepted but did not proveattractive enough. The capture was thus delayed andwas eventually made in fynbos elsewhere (Withers2001).

Forest plants eaten

Only 11 of more than 35 species of forest trees andshrubs available in their home range were eaten bythe last native elephants (tables 1–4). The introducedjuveniles apparently ate mainly bark (possibly for thecambium and phloem layers) when in forest.Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus (Celastraceae) was theindigenous tree species most conspicuously damagedby the introduced juveniles and the last native el-

ephants alike, and its intact seeds were found in el-ephant faeces (table 1). Mistletoe from several spe-cies of trees was eaten, often by breaking the host branchand sometimes by breaking the entire host plant.

Fynbos plants eaten

Most of the common genera of shrubs and grasslikeplants of fynbos, particularly Erica, were routinelyeaten (table 2). Leucadendron was the only indigenousmember of the Proteaceae observed to be eaten. Theelephants pulled out the mature tussocks of wiry,grasslike plants, particularly Bobartia, and ate the palestem bases, discarding the green parts. Foliage waslikewise discarded when they were eating the bases,rhizomes and corms of Iridaceae. Very few of themany indigenous species of legumes were eaten,despite luxuriant growth of Virgilia and Aspalathusafter fire. The introduced juveniles and last nativeelephants ignored most herbaceous plants commonafter fire, eating mainly grasses and grasslike plants(including their leaves) at this stage of regeneration.

Exotic plants eaten

The elephants occasionally damaged eucalypts andpines growing in plantations, eating mainly bark. Theintroduced juveniles, and to a lesser degree the lastnative elephants, frequently ate invasive exotic Aca-cia species (table 3), which were available in forest,fynbos and disturbed vegetation. The introduced ju-veniles frequently destroyed juvenile-form trees ofAcacia mearnsii up to 8 m high, breaking the boleand leaving most of the plant to decay, although someof the bark, foliage and pods were eaten.

Earth eaten

Although the introduced juveniles and last nativeelephants ignored most geophytes (for example,

Table 1. Species of ripe fruits eaten by free-living elephants near Knysna, 1990–2000

Rhus chirindensis, possibly R. lucida

Solanum hermannii*

INVASIVE EXOTICS (PODS)

Acacia mearnsii (arils in some cases still brightly coloured in faeces) Acacia melanoxylon (arils in some cases still brightly coloured in faeces)

INDIGENOUS (FLESHY FRUITS)

Burchellia bubalina

Cassine papillosa* Ilex mitis

Maytenus acuminata

Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus

Rapanea melanophloeos*

* species found germinating in old faeces of elephant

Page 36: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 33

FOREST TREES

Celtis africana

Ilex mitis*

Kiggelaria africana

Maytenus acuminata†

Platylophus trifoliatus

Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus*†

Rapanea melanophloeos*

Rhus chririndensis

Sideroxylon inerme

FOREST UNDERSTOREY/EDGE SHRUBS

Brachylaena neriifolia

Burchellia bubalina

Canthium inerme

Clutia pulchella

Diospyros dichrophylla (not preferred) Grewia occidentalis

Gymnosporia buxifolia

Hibiscus ludwigii

Rubus fruticosus

Scutia myrtina†

Trichocladus crinitus†

FOREST HERBACEOUS PLANTS

Cyathea capensis (rosette of tree-fern destroyed to obtain pith; recorded also by Carter 1971) Secamone alpini† (pulled from Podocarpus latifolius, which was sometimes felled to obtain this high-climbing vine) Viscum obscurum and Viscum. sp. (mistletoe) on Virgilia and Cunonia (which were damaged only to obtain mistletoe), and on Pterocelastrus and Acacia melanoxylon

FYNBOS SHRUBS

Berzelia intermedia

Brunia nodiflora

Chrysanthemoides monilifera (after fire)

Cliffortia odorata†

Cliffortia sp. or spp. Colpoon compressum (introduced juveniles) Cyclopia subternata

Erica hebecalyx, E. lanata, E. scabriuscula (preferred, although E. cerinthoides and E. densifolia not eaten) Euryops virgineus (not preferred) Gnidia denudata

Laurophyllus capensis

Leucadendron spp. Metalasia muricata (not preferred) Passerina falcifolia and spp. Phylica paniculata and spp. Rhus lucida

Struthiola sp.

FYNBOS HERBACEOUS PLANTS

Aloe ferox (introduced juveniles; stem pith eaten, by breaking whole plant and discarding leaves and flowers) Aloe striata (introduced juveniles; leaves of this procumbent species eaten) Blechnum spp. (fern rosette pith, after fire) Carpobrotus spp. (introduced juveniles) Polygonum salicifolium

Rhoicissus digitata

Solanum hermannii

GRASSLIKE PLANTS

Bobartia sp. or spp. (mainly stem-bases and rhizomes, but also flowers) Ehrharta rehmannii (in fynbos regenerating after fire) Juncus sp. or spp. Panicum maximum

Stipa dregeana (grass in forest) Tetraria involucrata (pale shoot-bases only where tussocks mature; greens where tussocks regener- ating after fire) several unidentified tussock grasses and sedges

Trees of Podocarpus latifolius and Canthium mundianum were broken without being eaten.* species whose boles were broken and stripped of bark, which was eaten† species recorded eaten by elephant near Knysna by Phillips (1925), who also recorded Clematis brachiata, Sparmannia

africana, Maytenus peduncularis, and the exotic Quercus pedunculata

Table 2. Indigenous plant species of which foliage was eaten by free-living elephants near Knysna, 1990–2000

Haemanthus, Ornithogalum, Scadoxus, Wachendorfia),they excavated the tubers and rhizomes of herbaceousplants such as Iridaceae and bracken fern (Pteridium)in forest and fynbos (table 4). The introduced juveniles

also excavated sites for dust bathing. However, there isno evidence that the elephants ate earth as a nutritionalsupplement.

Page 37: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

34 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Discussion

Knowledge of the diet of the Knysna elephants in for-est has accumulated for many years (Phillips 1925).However, this appears to be the first record of free-living individuals of the African elephant eating manyof the common genera in fynbos, which are nutrientpoor (Koen 1984; Seydack et al. 2000). As both for-est and fynbos are extensive in the study area, it isnoteworthy that the introduced juveniles chose fynbosas their main habitat. However, this refers to only two,largely self-educated individuals, and it remains un-sure how representative their behaviour is of theKnysna elephants in their original state.

Selective foraging

The popular perception has been that the Knysna ele-phants eat most of the plants available in forest (Carter1971). However, it is now clear that the elephantsprefer Pterocelastrus, Ilex and Rapanea over manysimilar indigenous genera of trees, and exotic Acacia

melanoxylon over indigenous forest species. Foliageis not eaten from the four tallest species of indigenoustrees (Podocarpus falcatus, P. latifolius, Oleacapensis, Ocotea bullata), although saplings and bolesof P. latifolius are routinely broken, trees of O.capensis are sometimes pushed over, shallow rootsof O. bullata are excavated and eaten, and fallen fruitsof P. latifolius and O. capensis are infrequently eaten(Phillips 1925; Carter 1971; Von Gadow 1973; Koen1983).

Several common species of forest edge andunderstorey have not been recorded in the diet. Forexample, the fast-growing, tall shrub Halleria lucidais ignored by the Knysna elephants (Von Gadow1973). The protein-rich foliage of nitrogen-fixing in-digenous plants appears to be discarded even wherethe associated mistletoe is eaten. For example, theonly part of Virgilia, Psoralea and Podalyria defi-nitely recorded as eaten is the seed pods (Phillips1925; Koen 1983). Most species of vines are appar-ently ignored, including Asparagus, known elsewhere

Acacia melanoxylon*† (mainly in forest)Acacia mearnsii*† (mainly in fynbos)Hakea sp. (foliage, in fynbos)Eucalyptus diversicolor and spp. (bark, in

plantations)

Table 3. Exotic plant species (excluding agricultural crops) eaten by free-living elephants near Knysna,1990–2000

Pinus spp. (introduced juveniles; bark, inplantations)

Pennisetum clandestinum (lawn grass; Trifoliumalso recorded by Koen 1983)

Albizia lophantha and Sesbania punicea were not eaten* species of which boles were broken and bark stripped and eaten, in addition to the foliage and pods being eaten† species recorded by Phillips (1925), who also listed Quercus pedunculata and Physalis sp. as eaten by the Knysna

elephants; Carter (1971) recorded Rosa sp. and the seeds of Quercus (in elephant faeces) as eaten by the Knysnaelephants

TREES

Ocotea bullata (shallow roots excavated in forest)HERBACEOUS PLANTS (LEAVES, FLOWERS AND GREEN

STEMS DISCARDED; ONLY STEM-BASES, RHIZOMES OR

CORMS EATEN)Chasmanthe aethiopica (forest edge)Dietes iridioides (forest)

Pteridium aquilinum (rhizomes, in disturbed areas;recorded also by Carter 1971)

Tritoniopsis caffra (corms, in fynbos)Typha capensis (introduced juveniles; rhizomes)Watsonia spp. (introduced juveniles; corms, in

fynbos regenerating after fire)

Table 4. Indigenous plant species excavated by free-living elephants near Knysna, 1990–2000

The elephants sometimes ate the pale stem bases of the Iridaceae in the above list by pulling up the shoots with the trunk,without excavating corms on these occasions.

Page 38: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 35

to be eaten by kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiceros) andgiraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis) (A. V. Milewski, un-published), and Cucurbitaceae. The elephants appar-ently avoid plants defended by oxalate (for example,Oxalis, Achyranthes, Rumex), most Asteraceae, andaromatic plants (for example, Leonotis, Plectranthus).The only member of the Rutaceae known to be pre-ferred by the Knysna elephants is Zanthoxylum davyi.The only trees with stout spines on the trunk, sug-gesting defence specifically against elephants, are Z.davyi and Scolopia zeyheri, both of which are un-common in the study area (Von Gadow 1973).Spinescence is at best weakly correlated with dietarychoices of elephants at the edge of the Fynbos Biome.

Pterocelastrus as a food plant

Pterocelastrus tricuspidatus dominates certain typesof forest near Knysna (Seydack 1990) and occurs asa shrub in fynbos elsewhere in the south-westernCape, particularly on coastal dunes (Pierce 1984). Thepalatability of P. tricuspidatus is considerable, despiteits content of flammable resin (Von Breitenbach1974). The introduced juveniles ate this speciesmainly in the form of bark, possibly because theycould not easily break the trees. Elsewhere in thesouth-western Cape, bovids (for example, eland, bush-buck Tragelaphus scriptus and common duiker Sylvi-capra grimmia ) eat fruits and foliage of P.tricuspidatus (A.V. Milewski, unpublished). Ele-phants apparently prefer P. tricuspidatus over otherindigenous trees near Knysna, and possibly compen-sate for their damage by propagating this species.

The fruit of P. tricuspidatus is fleshy when ripeand contains 1–3 seeds, each covered by a thin butlipid-rich aril (Von Breitenbach 1974). The fruits gen-erally retain their seeds after falling to the ground.Cassine, Chionanthus, Ficus, Olea, P. latifolius,Rapanea, Rubus, Scutia and Solanum all have succu-lent fruits and are disseminated by elephants and birds(Phillips 1925; Koen 1983; Rowan 1983). However,P. tricuspidatus differs from many other coexistingtrees with fleshy fruits, because neither the bushpig(Potamochoerus larvatus) nor the local species ofprimates and fruit bat have been recorded consumingits ripe fruit (Seydack 1990; C.J. Skead, pers. comm.;C.J. Vernon, pers. comm.). Fruit production ofP. tricuspidatus is asynchronous with that of bird-disseminated species (Pierce 1984). Although the yel-low colour of the fruit suggests consumption by birds

(J. Koen, pers. comm.), the only direct evidence forthis appears to be an old list of fruits eaten by the Knysnaloerie (Tauraco corythaix), which includes the genusPterocelastrus (Rowan 1983). The germination of seedsrecovered from faeces of the Knysna elephants shouldbe studied, to test the hypothesis that P. tricuspidatus isdisseminated by this large herbivore.

Diets of other herbivores

The Knysna elephants appear to provide food for,rather than compete with, the bushbuck. In forest, thebushbuck relies partly on coppice regrowth of P.tricuspidatus, Platylophus trifoliatus, Ilex mitis andA. melanoxylon (broken and eaten by elephants) andO. bullata (not broken or eaten by elephants) (VonGadow 1973; Von Breitenbach 1974). Facilitationmay also occur in the case of the blue duiker(Cephalophus monticola), which eats leaves of treesbroken down to within reach by the elephants (forexample, Canthium spp.), or shrubs unrecorded in thediets of the elephants (for example, Carissa) (VonGadow 1973; H. Herd, pers. comm.). The greyrhebuck (Pelea capreolus) occurs in low fynbos andprefers shrubs of Asteraceae and Aspalathus althoughalso eating Bruniaceae regenerating after fire (Beukes1988; R. Knight, pers. comm.). The grysbuck(Raphicerus melanotis), like the grey rhebuck, maydiffer from the elephants in preferring Asteraceae (D.Gibbs, pers. comm.).

The African buffalo browses many species ofshrubs, although it prefers grasses (De Graaff et al.1973). The buffalo was formerly common nearKnysna (Phillips 1925; Skead 1980) and may havefilled the gap in foraging height and dietary prefer-ences between the Knysna elephants and small bovids.

The eland probably did not penetrate forest but wasimportant in open fynbos. The eland was temporarilyreintroduced near Tsitsikamma, east of Knysna, butits diet was not recorded. Elsewhere in the south-western Cape, the eland eats, for example, Celastra-ceae, Chrysanthemoides monilifera, Rhus, Viscum and(sparingly) Carpobrotus spp. and Sideroxylon inermewhile ignoring Cassytha, Chironia, Cynanchum andUrticaceae. These choices concur with those of theelephants near Knysna. However, the eland differsfrom the elephants in eating herbaceous Asteraceae,and the leaves and inflorescences of toxic geophytessuch as Brunsvigia (Amaryllidaceae) (V. Deverson,pers. comm.).

Page 39: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

36 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

The Knysna elephants facilitate the bushpig andthe baboon (Papio ursinus) as well as competing withthem (Phillips 1925). The Knysna elephants ignoredoranges offered in the Harkerville area (Carter 1971)and do not compete with the bushpig for the fallenfruits of P. falcatus and most other species of foresttrees (Seydack 1990). The elephants and the bushpigboth eat ferns and grasslike plants, in fynbos as wellas forest. However, the elephants appear to preferBobartia, whereas the bushpig appears to prefer therhizomes of Pteridium and the fronds of other ferns(Seydack 1990). The geophytes chosen by the el-ephants are mainly the same cormous Iridaceae (forexample, Watsonia) preferred by the bushpig and thebaboon. Tubers of Aponogetonaceae, Araceae, Hya-cinthaceae, Hypoxidaceae, Orchidaceae, Oxalida-ceae, and Vitaceae are preferred by the bushpig butnot the elephants (Seydack 1990; Baard 1994; I. andL. Withers, pers. comm.; A.V. Milewski, unpub-lished). Confirmation is required of the eating of fungiby the Knysna elephants, which is suggested by theirhaving tilled the earth over several square metres at atime using tusks and feet (Carter 1971), and foragingfor fungi by enclosed juveniles in Knysna ElephantPark (I. and L. Withers, pers. comm.). However, fungiare likely to contribute more to the diet of the bushpigthan to that of the elephants (Seydack 1990). Thebaboon overlaps in diet with the elephants, eating thefoliage of Erica, Proteaceae, and grasslike plants, theshoots, flowers and pods of invasive exotic Acacia aswell as indigenous Virgilia, the corms and pale shoot-bases of Iridaceae, and the bark (cambium) of indig-enous and exotic trees (Erasmus 1993). However,baboons excavate corms of Hypoxidaceae nearKnysna, and root-tubers of ground orchids elsewherein the Fynbos Biome (S. Privett, pers. comm.), whichhas not been recorded for the elephants.The bushpigand the baboon also differ from the elephants insupplementing their diets with animal matter.

Control of invasive exotics by herbivores

Large wild herbivores have a largely unexplored po-tential as agents for the control of invasive exotic treesand shrubs in forest and fynbos in conservation areasin the south-western Cape. The elephants apparentlyprefer invasive exotic Acacia to indigenous legumesand fast-growing trees at the edge of the FynbosBiome. Invasive exotic species of Acacia all lackspines and contain tannins but vary from soft, bipin-

nate leaves to straplike phyllodes, which in the caseof A. melanoxylon are as fibrous as the leaves of anyindigenous tree species near Knysna. Enclosed juve-niles in Knysna Elephant Park accept a staple diet offreshly cut branches of invasive exotic Acacia, col-lected by their keepers between Knysna and Plet-tenberg Bay (I. and L. Withers, pers. comm.) and havebeen observed eating a sapling of Eucalyptus grow-ing in their enclosure (S. Privett, pers. comm.). Theyeat mainly A. mearnsii and A. longifolia but also ac-cept A. cyclops, A. pycnantha, and A. saligna (I. andL. Withers, pers. comm.). Australian species of Aca-cia appear to be less defended by cyanogenic com-pounds than are African legumes, including indig-enous species of Acacia (Conn et al. 1985).

The introduced juveniles frequently broke the bolesof invasive exotics, in many cases eating only a smallpart of the tree before moving on. Acacia mearnsiidoes not survive if its bole is broken within 0.5 m ofthe ground; A. melanoxylon resprouts but is sup-pressed by the bushbuck, which prefers shoots of thisspecies over most indigenous trees near Knysna (VonBreitenbach 1974). The Knysna elephants broke downA. melanoxylon frequently enough to prevent eco-nomic harvesting of its timber by DWAF in the studyarea (Von Gadow 1973). Mature phyllodes of inva-sive exotic Acacia spp. do not appear to be palatableto ruminants in the fresh state, but the eland and thegrysbok eat the soft shoots, unripe pods and phyl-lodes that have dried on damaged branches (M. J.D’Alton, pers. comm.; D. Gibbs, pers. comm.). Ger-mination of invasive exotic Acacia spp. from elephantfaeces has been negligible (Koen 1983). The ele-phants, in combination with other indigenous herbi-vores, thus appear capable of reducing populationsof invasive exotics without doing corresponding dam-age to ecologically similar indigenous plants.

Micronutrient deficiency?

The introduced juveniles and last native elephants atthe edge of the Fynbos Biome have shown that afterweaning, even vegetation on nutrient-poor soils issufficient for body maintenance and growth.Ericaceae are also routinely eaten by the walia ibex(Capra ibex walie) in Ethiopia and the red deer(Cervus elaphus) in Scotland. It is unclear which ismore attractive to the African elephant: forest re-growth after clearing or fynbos regenerating after fire.

The critical question is why the Knysna elephants

Page 40: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 37

have reproduced so poorly, in contrast to the popu-lation in Addo National Park, just east of the FynbosBiome. Micronutrient deficiency has been suspectedfor many years (Carter 1971; Koen et al. 1988). Al-though copper and zinc may be deficient to somedegree (Koen 1984; Seydack et al. 2000), the elementswith potentially the greatest effects on reproductionare iodine and selenium (Milewski 2000). Despiteproximity to the coast, forestry workers in the studyarea risk iodine deficiency unless they supplementtheir diet with seafood (Steyn 1955). Iodine deficiencycan repress reproduction of domestic livestock evenwhen all other nutrients are sufficient (Milewski andDiamond 2000). Avoidance by the elephants of vari-ous apparently nutritious plants may possibly be ow-ing to cyanogenic compounds (legumes), nitrate(Asteraceae), and oxalate (certain herbaceous plants),all of which indirectly aggravate deficiencies of io-dine and selenium (Coleby 2002).

The Knysna elephants originally moved over awide area (Phillips 1925), balancing their nutritionover the course of the year. Forest elephants in EastAfrica are known to make and maintain deep exca-vations for nutrient supplements of a quality prob-ably unavailable near Knysna (Milewski 2000). Ex-tensive low open fynbos apparently provides nutri-ents sufficient for the growth of juveniles, at least incombination with certain forest plants and protein-rich invasive exotics. However, the confinement ofthe last native elephants to forest and fynbos has pos-sibly denied them the micronutrients required forpregnancy and lactation. Seaweed cast up after stormsmight have originally provided the necessary iodineand selenium, but the Knysna elephants no longerhave access to the shore. Artificial supplementationof the elephants may be required for successful breed-ing on a diet of forest and fynbos plants near Knysna.This might be partly accomplished by means of oc-casional injections of iodized oil.

It is premature to accept the extermination of thelast population of the African elephant appropriate tothe Fynbos Biome. Various regimes of supplementa-tion of micronutrients have yet to be attempted. Fur-ther reintroductions may not only perpetuate this sym-bolic animal of Knysna but also contribute towardsthe recruitment of an underestimated ally in the con-trol of invasive exotic plants in conservation areaselsewhere in the south-western Cape.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Wilfred Oraai and Karel Maswati,the forest guards who gave freely of their wealth ofinformation in the unofficial interviews on which thispaper is based. I thank M. Lucas and H. Herd formaking the interviews possible, and J. Allen, P.Coleby, M. D’Alton, V. Deverson, D. Gibbs, R.Knight, J. Koen, S. Privett, C. Skead, C. Vernon, andI. and L. Withers for additional information.

ReferencesBaard, J. 1994. Description and analysis of the ground flora

of the southern Cape forests. Master’s Diploma in Tech-nology, Saasveld School of Forestry, Port ElizabethTechnikon.

Beukes, P.C. 1988. Diet of grey rhebuck in the BontebokNational Park. South African Journal of Wildlife Research18(1):11–14.

Carter, N. 1971. The elephants of Knysna. Purnell, CapeTown.

Coleby, P. 2002. Healthy cattle naturally. Landlinks Press,Collingwood, Victoria.

Conn, E.E., Maslin, B.R., Curry, S., and Conn, M.E. 1985.Cyanogenesis in Australian species of Acacia: survey ofherbarium specimens and living plants. Western Austra-lian Herbarium Research Notes 10:1–60.

De Graaff, G., Schulz, K.C.A., and van der Walt, P.T. 1973.Notes on rumen contents of Cape buffalo, Syncerus caffer,in the Addo Elephant National Park. Koedoe 16:45–58.

Erasmus, D. 1993. Damage by baboons to pine plantationsin South Africa, with special reference to the ecology ofthree troops of baboons in the Western Cape. MSc the-sis, University of Stellenbosch.

Koen, J.H. 1983. Seed dispersal by the Knysna elephants.South African Forestry Journal 124:56–58.

———. 1984. A study of the distribution, population com-position, movements and feeding of the Knysna ele-phants, Loxodonta africana africana (Blumenbach 1797).Unpublished report S 84/6. South Africa Department ofEnvironmental Affairs, Pretoria.

Koen, J.H., Hall-Martin, A.J., and Erasmus, T. 1988. Macronutrients in plants available to the Knysna, Addo, andKruger National Park elephants. South African Journalof Wildlife Research 18(2):69–71.

Milewski, A.V. 2002. Elephants and fynbos. Veld and Flora88(1):28.

Page 41: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

38 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

———. 2000. Iodine as a possible controlling nutrient forelephant populations. Pachyderm 28:78–90.

Milewski, A.V., and Diamond, R.E. 2000. Why are verylarge herbivores absent from Australia? A new theory ofmicronutrients. Journal of Biogeography 27:957–978.

Phillips, J.F.V. 1925. The Knysna elephant: a brief note ontheir history and habits. South Africal Journal of Science22:287–293.

Pierce, S.M. 1984. A synthesis of plant phenology in theFynbos Biome. South African National ScientificProgrammes Report No. 88. CSIR, Pretoria.

Rowan, M.K. 1983. The doves, parrots, louries and cuck-oos of southern Africa. David Philip, Cape Town.

Seydack, A.H.W. 1990. Ecology of the bushpig, Potamo-choerus porcus Linnaeus 1758, in the Cape Province, SouthAfrica. PhD thesis, University of Stellenbosch.

Seydack, A.H.W., Vermeulen, C., and Huisamen, J. 2000.Habitat quality and the decline of an African elephant

population: implications for conservation. South AfricanJournal of Wildlife Research 30(1):34–42.

Skead, C.J. 1980. Historical mammal incidence in the CapeProvince, vol. 1, 2. Dept. of Nature and EnvironmentalConservation of the Provincial Administration of the Capeof Good Hope, Cape Town.

Steyn, D.G., ed. 1955. Endemic goitre in the Union of SouthAfrica and some neighbouring territories. GovernmentDept. of Nutrition, Pretoria.

Von Breitenbach, F. 1974. Southern Cape forests and trees:a guide. Government Printer, Pretoria.

Von Gadow, K. 1973. Observations on the utilization ofindigenous trees by the Knysna elephants. Forestry inSouth Africa 14:13–17.

Withers, I. 2001. Goodbye, big foot—or is it? Dramaticnew evidence of more elephants in the Knysa forests.African Wildlife 55(1):6–8.

Page 42: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 39

Introduction

Elephant numbers in most range states in Africa havecontinued to show an upward trend since the inter-national ban on ivory trade (CITES 2000). Along-side increasing elephant numbers is the increasinghuman population that brings with it high demandfor land for settlement and economic activities. Con-sequently elephant habitats are being fragmented, andthis has ultimately led to compression of elephantranges and emergence of isolated habitats, leadingin turn to increasingly frequent human–elephant in-teractions, which in many places have led to serioushuman–elephant conflicts. This scenario poses twomajor problems: the need to protect the elephant onone hand and the need to protect human life and prop-erty on the other.

To mitigate the conflicts and conserve the elephant,Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) has initiated a num-ber of conflict-management strategies. Constructingelectric fencing and moats, and creating elephant sanc-tuaries and elephant drives have all been tried to en-sure harmonious coexistence between people andwildlife. KWS has adopted translocation as anotherconflict-management method, preferable to shootingproblem animals.

In Sweetwaters, habitat destruction has beencaused largely by overconcentration of confinedelephants. This situation has been exacerbated byelephants, giraffes, rhinos and other browsers com-peting for the same forage. Drought in most parts ofthe country has intensified the competition, forcingwildlife to move out of parks and reserves in searchof water and forage. Elephants have moved into

Recent translocation of elephant family units from SweetwatersRhino Sanctuary to Meru National Park, Kenya

Patrick Omondi,1 Elizabeth Wambwa,2 Francis Gakuya,2 Elphas Bitok,1 David Ndeere,2

Thomas Manyibe,2 Patrick Ogola3 and John Kanyingi4

1Elephant Programme – KWS research scientists; 2Veterinary Unit – KWS veterinarians; 3Save the Elephantand KWS – pre- and post-translocation scientist; 4Capture Unit – KWSPO Box 40241, Nairobi, Kenyaemail: [email protected]

Abstract

As part of its strategy to conserve and manage Kenya’s elephant population, the Kenya Wildlife Service haspursued translocation as one of the management options to address human–elephant conflict by moving iden-tified problem elephants, thus restocking certain elephant ranges and reducing pressure on vegetation as aresult of high densities in confined habitats. A total of eight translocations have been undertaken in variouselephant ranges in Kenya since 1996 involving 141 individuals with 9.2% mortality recorded. This paperreports on the recent relocation that involved 56 elephants, among them family units.

Résumé

Dans le cadre de sa stratégie pour conserver et gérer la population d’éléphants du Kenya, le Kenya WildlifeService poursuit les translocations, celles-ci étant une des options de gestion destinées à répondre aux conflitshommes–éléphants en déplaçant les éléphants identifiés comme fauteurs de troubles tout en repeuplant certainesaires de répartition et en réduisant la pression que subit la végétation lorsque de densités fortes d’animauxsont confinées sur des habitats restreints. Au total, huit translocations ont eu lieu dans différentes aires duKenya depuis 1996, impliquant 141 individus, et pour lesquelles on a rapporté un taux de mortalité de 9,2 %.Cet article fait le rapport de la récente translocation qui a impliqué 56 éléphants, y compris des unités familiales.

Page 43: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

40 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

adjacent areas, increasing the likelihood of human–elephant conflict. In April 2000, seven problem ele-phants were moved out to lessen the conflicts.

Sweetwaters Rhino Sanctuary, located on Ol PejetaRanch 25 km west of Nanyuki town in northernKenya, covers an area of 95 km2. An electric fencecompleted in 1989 completely encloses it and restrictsanimals from moving into or out of the reserve. Inaddition to protecting the black rhino, the fence alsoenclosed over 100 elephants, causing considerablecompetition among large mammals for available for-age. Habitat quality and quantity, particularly in rela-tion to Acacia xanthophlea, have declined over thepast decade (Birkett et al. 2000). It was in the face ofthis habitat degradation that translocation of half theelephants in the sanctuary emerged as a managementoption. Meru was chosen as a release site because inthe 1970s and early 1980s the ecosystem was hometo over 2400 elephants (Douglas-Hamilton andHillman 1976), but rampant poaching during the sameperiod had reduced the population to a mere 306(Kahumbu et al. 1999).

Historical background of elephanttranslocations

In early elephant translocations young animals werecaptured and transported mainly to safari parks, cir-cuses and zoos in Europe and the United States. Al-though the use of drug immobilization in the 1960smade it possible to capture adult elephants, transpor-tation of such large animals was thought at the timeto be fraught with too many problems to be attempted(Pienaar 1967). Because it was difficult to capturebreeding herds on foot, initially among the adults onlybull elephants were drug immobilized. Using a heli-copter in capturing breeding herds was first attemptedin September 1966 in Kruger National Park in SouthAfrica, when 27 young elephants below the age of 5years were captured (Pienaar 1967). In 1976 the man-agement of Kruger National Park began to capturejuvenile elephants routinely for translocation to otherareas. By 1992, 25 discrete populations of elephantswithin South Africa, one in Namibia and two inSwaziland had been built up by translocations of 761juveniles. These translocations provided a useful bodyof data on the best ways to carry out such movements(Hall-Martin 1992).

However, it was not until 1993 that the first trans-location of entire family units was attempted when

670 elephants were saved from starvation in Gonare-zhou National Park in Zimbabwe and transported overdistances greater than 1000 km, some to other con-servation areas in Zimbabwe and others as far as toSouth Africa. The operation proved that elephant fam-ily units could be captured and successfully trans-ported over large distances, providing an alternativeto culling as a mode of population management (Dobb1993; Coetsee 1996). Since then a great number ofelephant family units have been translocated for vari-ous reasons, ranging from saving populations fromcollapse (as in Gonarezhou), to building up popula-tions in areas where they had gone extinct (as inareas in South Africa) (Du Toit 1994; Savory 1996),to easing human–wildlife conflict (as in Kenya)(Njumbi et al. 1996).

A history of previous translocations undertaken inKenya is given in table 1.

The objectives

The translocation from the Sweetwaters Rhino Sanc-tuary to Meru National Park had four major objec-tives:• to resolve human–elephant conflict• to reduce competition for food with other herbi-

vores• to reduce habitat destruction resulting from con-

finement• to restock Meru National Park

Capture site

The capture site was Sweetwaters Rhino Sanctuary,in an area of low rolling hills, rising gently from anelevation of 1760 to 1820 m above sea level. A per-manent river, the Ewaso Nyiro, which flows in asouth–northerly direction, bisects the reserve. Otherdrainage lines in the reserve are only seasonal andrun in an east–westerly direction.

The high-altitude sanctuary lies in the rain shadowof Mount Kenya. Rainfall is erratic, generally fallingin localized showers produced by the build-up of con-vective clouds. The mean annual rainfall is about 800mm, falling in two seasons, the ‘long rains’ from mid-March to June and the ‘short rains’ from Novemberto December. There are also cold, dry spells.

The sanctuary was set up as a protected area forbreeding black rhino, a species highly endangered inKenya. The number of elephants enclosed was foundto exceed the carrying capacity and the animals were

Page 44: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 41

Table 1. Previous translocations undertaken, their objectives and results

Translocation Stated objective Pre-translocation Mov’d Mor- Post-trans- Measure of monitoring (no.) tality location success

(no.) monitoring

Mwea • reduce distribution, 21 5 radio- no reports ofNature human–elephant numbers, age, sex tracking conflict sinceReserve to conflict by reducing and family structure for one translocationTsavo population by 50% of the population yearEast • reduce numbers doneNational before entirePark, 1996 fencing

of the reserve

Lewa • reduce habitat well-known bulls 10 0 ground reduction inDowns destruction/human– identified by and AcaciaConservancy elephant conflict conservancy aerial xanthophleato Kora NP, • restock Kora managers monitoring destruction;1997 National Park reduced no. of

conflict incidents

Mwaluganje • reduce habitat individual 29 2 individual minimizedto Tsavo destruction identification done identification number ofEast, 1999 • reduce conflict and ground conflict inci-

monitoring dents

Shimba Hills • reduce conflict rogue bulls 4 0 ground minimizedto Tsavo identified by park monitoring number ofWest NP, 2000 managers conflict incidents

Laikipia to • reduce habitat individual 10 0 ground and reduced numberMeru destruction identification of aerial of human–National • reduce conflict problem bulls done monitoring elephantPark, 2000 conflicts

Ongata • move stray not available 1 0 ground monitoring con-Rongai to elephant monitoring tinuing by theAmboseli NP, Amboseli ele-2001 phant research

project

Nakuru to • move stray not available 2 1 ground not availableAberdares elephants monitoringNP, 2001

Sweetwaters • reduce habitat 4 months of 51 5 ground and reduced habitatto Meru destruction monitoring, aerial destruction; noNational • reduce conflict 120 identified, tracking conflict inci-Park, 2001 • restock Meru Park 16 family units ongoing dents reported

and 20 lone bulls; so far9 families, 9 bullstotalling 56elephants selectedfor translocation

Totals 128 13

Page 45: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

42 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

competing with rhinos and giraffes for the avail-able browse. They were also breaking through theelectric fence to look for browse outside the sanctu-ary. This led to human–wildlife conflict. To revert tothe optimum carrying capacity some elephants hadto be moved out.

Release site

The release site was Meru National Park, located inMeru North District in Eastern Province of Kenyaand about 208 km from the capture site. The parkcovers about 884 km2 with a further dispersal areathat increases animal range to 5500 km2. The habitatof Meru National Park varies from woodland to opengrasslands intersected by permanent rivers fringedwith riverine vegetation. It was chosen as the releasesite because of its large size and because in the 1980spoaching almost wiped the elephants out. Increasedsecurity and intelligence surveillance have once againmade this range safe for elephants.

Methods

Pre-translocation elephant monitoring

The elephants were monitored daily for four monthsto identify animals to be moved. They were selectedusing two criteria: 1) habitual fence breakers and 2)

discrete family groups with preference given to smallunits because they could be relocated all at once.

Individual recognition techniques based on elephantfingerprints (Douglas-Hamilton 1972; Moss and Poole1983) were used. The unique ear markings of eachelephant with other features on the tusks and bodyhelped distinguish one elephant from another. Fence-breaking animals were identified in night patrols alongthe fence, and any animal near any breakage point, inor out, was identified, with photographs and sketchesof ear markings made of all. From the photographs andsketches shown to wardens and rangers the sanctuaryauthorities were able to identify the notorious fencebreakers. Elephants associated with them were alsomarked for relocation.

When determining which family unit was ideal fortranslocation, it was necessary to know the entirepopulation. Matriarchs and all other adults were firstidentified and then catalogued. These identificationswere later used to recognize and distinguish family units.The age and sex of all members of each family unitwere established. Associations existing among familyunits in the population were also recorded. Finally, smallfamilies and groups were selected for relocation.

During the monitoring exercise, 140 elephantswere individually identified in the reserve. They madeup 16 family units and groups of 20 lone bulls. Thirtyof these elephants were seen only once in the reserve.

Identified as ideal forrelocation were 56 ani-mals comprising 9 fam-ily units and 9 bulls.Among the bulls, 4problem elephants and 5others that associatedclosely with them wereidentified for relocation.Only one family unit of5 animals was identifiedas being a problem.

The pre-translocationmonitoring exercise alsorevealed that during the

Darted elephantsfleeing before they fall.

Page 46: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 43

dry season, the group sizes were small, but as soonas the rains began, many family units merged to formlarge herds. One time a herd of 56 elephants wasrecorded. Two family units of 7 each that had beenmarked for relocation during the dry season showedvery close association with each other after the rains.Apart from these changes, all the others continued tomaintain their group sizes: three groups of 4 each, threegroups of 5 each, and one group of 6.

Darting and monitoring anaesthesia

The translocation operation was carried out in July 2001.A Husky fixed-wing aircraft was used to locate the tar-get elephants, assisted by the ground monitoring team.The Husky crew included the pilot and a spotter, whowas a member of the pre-translocation monitoring teamand familiar with the area. The helicopter pilot and twoveterinarians (the darter and the loader) remained atcamp while the rest of the team was directed by theaircraft to a suitable position where they would standready. This position, close to the area where the ele-phants were to be darted, allowed the team to respondquickly after the darting. Quick response is crucial to

avert prolonged sternal recumbency or obstruction ofthe elephant’s trunk, which can lead to death.

The elephants were herded to ground that wouldbe suitable for recovery, allowing the helicopter toapproach them closely, thus ensuring good dart place-ment and speedy ground follow-up. Family memberswere herded together so they would fall as close toone another as possible to facilitate loading.

Adult bulls and cows were immobilized using 18mg of M99 (etorphine hydrochloride) mixed with5000 IU of hyaluronidase, the latter to quicken ab-sorption of the drug from the site of deposition. Sub-adults were darted with 15 mg of M99 mixed with2500 IU of hyaluronidase and juveniles with 5 mg.One calf that was less than one metre in height wascaptured manually and immediately tranquillized with30 mg of azaperone tartarate. Cap-Chur darts with 3-ml barrels and NCL1-3 needles were used to deliverthe drugs using the Cap-Chur long-range rifle (PalmerChemical Co., Atlanta, USA) with .22 green loads.

Bulls were darted and recovered individually. Eachimmobilized bull was recovered before darting thenext one. Members of a family group were darted in

2

A veterinarian takes details of two members of a family awaiting loading.

Page 47: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

44 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

quick succession starting with the matriarch, sothat the rest stayed close to her. The other older fe-males were darted next. Small calves were darted last,either from the helicopter or from the ground. Eachimmobilized elephant was assigned a veterinarian, atechnician and a few rangers to monitor it.

Once the animals were down, the ground teams,directed by the helicopter, moved in quickly to en-sure each animal was in a suitable lateral position andwas in a stable anaesthetic state. Animals lying ontheir sternum were pushed over onto their side. Thetrunk was straightened to ensure good breathing.

Darts were removed and the wounds treated by in-fusing an antibiotic cream into them. A general physi-cal examination was done and any ailment was treatedappropriately. All injuries were treated conventionally.

An antibiotic cover of 20,000 mg of a long-actingoxytetracycline preparation was injected intramus-cularly at five sites in all adult elephants. Juvenileswere given the same antibiotic at reduced dosages.

Biological materials were collected for assessinganimal health and for future studies. The sex and ageof all animals was determined.

Doxapram (400 mg) was administered intrave-nously to animals that showed signs of depressed res-piration. Membrane stabilizers such as corticosteroidsand Flunixin Meglumine were given to animals froth-ing from the trunk. In recumbent elephants, this froth-ing, called pink foam syndrome, is a result of lungoedema, caused by high mean arterial pressure inimmobilized animals. The high pressure leads to fluidand sometimes blood being forced out of the capil-laries into the alveoli of the lungs. The fluid accumu-lating in the alveoli is pushed out through the trunkas the animal exhales.

Loading, transportation and release

The area around the elephant was cleared using ahand-held power saw. If an elephant fell deep in thebush, a passageway was made using a bulldozer toallow the recovery tractor and trailer to move to thesite. Various recovery methods were used dependingon the size of the elephant. Older calves that had beendarted were lifted with a cargo net or ropes onto therecovery vehicle while the smaller ones that had been

The capture team turns a bull to lie in better position while he is awaiting loading,

Page 48: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 45

physically restrained were walked into the crates. Thesubadults and adults were roped and rolled over manu-ally onto a conveyor belt on which they were firmlysecured. The recovery trailer was tipped backwardstowards the elephant, which was then conveyed ontothe trailer using a winch system and transported to asuitable loading site.

The older calves, lying on their sides, were trans-ferred manually from the recovery vehicle into smallcrates. Once inside, the calves were given the rever-sal agent. The crates were closed and raised manu-ally and gently to an upright position so that the calfwas supported on its feet. The crate was then loadedonto the low-loader or Canter truck ready for trans-portation.

Subadults were directly transferred from the recov-ery trailer into family crates on low-loader trucks bybeing pulled from the recovery trailer onto the low-loader and then into the family crate using ropes. Oncein the crate, the animal was revived using the appropri-ate antidote.

Adults were loaded into individual animal recov-ery crates as follows: The recovery crate was off-

loaded from the Volvo Hannibal truck and placed onits side by hydraulic lift; its rear and front doors wereopened. The recovery trailer carrying the elephant wasreversed and tipped backwards towards the open frontof the crate. The elephant was manually pulled downthe trailer into the crate, the doors of the crate wereclosed and the animal given the reversal agent. Thecrate was raised hydraulically to an upright positionso that the conscious elephant was supported on itsfeet. The Volvo Hannibal truck then loaded the cratedelephant either onto the truck itself or onto a low-loader truck ready for transportation to the release site.Elephants loaded onto the Hannibal truck were eithertransported by the truck to the release site or transferredto family crates on the low-loaders.

The elephants were revived using M5050 (dipren-orphine) at three or four times the dose of M99 used.It was administered through the middle ear vein. Theelephants were also given an intramuscular injectionwith azaperone tartarate at 120 mg for adults, 80 mgfor subadults and 40 mg for juveniles. This drug wasadministered just before the animals were revived tocalm them during transportation.

A bull is lifted into position for loading.

Page 49: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

46 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Five crates were used to transport the elephants:two family crates on the Kenya Army low-loaders,two individual animal crates on the KWS low-loaderand Hannibal trucks, and a small crate for calves onthe KWS Canter. To minimize stress on the animals,they were transported as soon as possible after crat-ing, and stops were avoided wherever possible.

A veterinarian and a team of rangers escorted theelephants to the release site in case an emergencyarose. The problem encountered most commonly wasthat when the effects of the azaperone wore off, theelephant became violent, banging and shaking thecrate. This behaviour could have led to self-inflictedinjuries and vehicle instability. To calm such animalsagain, a low dose of azaperone tartarate was givenintramuscularly through an opening in the crate.

At the release site, the trucks were reversed ontoan off-loading ramp. For family groups, the doors ofthe crates were opened at the same time to allow theanimals to move out together and join up. Bulls werereleased one at a time. Once the doors were opened,the elephants were given time to walk out voluntar-ily.

ResultsA total of 56 elephants (9 individual bulls and 9 familygroups) were translocated in 12 capture operationsconducted over a period of 22 days. Table 2 summar-izes the number of elephants captured per day. Fiveanimals died. Four died during transportation: twofrom lung oedema as manifested by the pink foamsyndrome; one of suffocation when it fell in the familycrate and its tusks locked into the sliding partition,obstructing its trunk; and the fourth from a pyloricobstruction that was present before immobilizationand was exacerbated by capture stress. The fifth, asmall calf, lay on its trunk and suffocated before theveterinary team arrived. A calf that lost its motherduring release was airlifted to the David SheldrickTrust for foster motherhood.

Post-release monitoring

Both aerial and ground monitoring are ongoing. Sixof the elephants were fitted with conventional radiocollars to assist in the aerial monitoring. An initialpost-release monitoring report indicates that most of

The capture team loads an elephant onto a recovery crate.

Page 50: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 47

the elephants have settled close to the point of re-lease at park headquarters and range within the Meruecosystem.

Discussion and conclusion

The small number of recovery crates available was amajor problem. Only two were available and there-fore no more than two elephants could be recoveredat a time. When dealing with the larger family groups,some elephants had to be kept down for a very longtime while those already recovered were being trans-ferred to transport crates. The speed of transfer wassometimes slow because some elephants refused tomove out of the recovery crate into the transport cratedespite being prodded. Some of the elephants thatwere kept down a long time developed lung oedema,manifested by frothing from the trunk. One of thosethat died passed the blood-tinged froth of pink foamsyndrome. If there had been enough recovery cratesso that all the animals could have revived in the short-est time possible, mortality would have been reducedsignificantly.

The family crates that were available were small,and each could take only two subadults or three juve-niles. At least three more recovery crates and threebigger family crates are needed. The system of trans-ferring the elephants into family crates also needsimprovement.

We were short of vehicles to transport the veteri-nary teams to immobilized elephants when family

units were darted. The teams had to rely on borrowedvehicles and those of volunteers. The capture teamcurrently has only one serviceable field car. At leasttwo more vehicles are needed for future operations.

The Hannibal truck burst a major hydraulic pipejust after the last three elephants in the operation wereimmobilized. The vehicle could not move. The pipehad to be dismantled and flown to a workshop inNanyuki for repair and then brought back to fix thetruck. Meanwhile the elephants were kept down forabout three hours until the truck was repaired. One ofthese developed the pink foam syndrome a few min-utes before being recovered. Another Hannibal truckis necessary if we are to carry out translocations atthe present scale. This would also quicken the recov-ery of family groups and reduce mortality.

The amount of immobilization drug used duringthe exercise exceeded the amount anticipated by far.This problem arose because when dealing with fam-ily groups, many animals had to be kept immobilizedfor longer periods than anticipated. Top-up dosagesof about a quarter of the immobilizing dosage had tobe administered at intervals of about 30 to 40 min-utes. In future, a better contingency arrangementshould be made for the top-up drug when dealing withfamily groups.

All the objectives of the translocation were, how-ever, achieved. The population of elephants in thesanctuary was reduced by half. The elephants removedwere taken to Meru National Park, a more extensiveand suitable habitat. The quality of habitat in the sanc-tuary is expected to improve drastically over the nextdecade because of reduced competition amongelephants, rhinos and other large mammals. Elephant–human conflict in the surrounding community isexpected to be reduced drastically since most of theelephants that broke out of the sanctuary and enteredfarms were taken away to a habitat where they areless likely to interact with human communities. Thiswill safeguard human life as well as protect the ele-phants. KWS has a programme of restocking MeruNational Park with various species of wildlife, includ-ing about 500 elephants, within the next five years.This translocation was a great contribution to theplanned restocking.

Because this was the first time that KWS movedelephants in family units, the translocation team facedproblems that were new to it but from which it learnedvaluable lessons. The mortality of 8.9% was attribut-able to various hazards, as discussed above. The mor

Table 2. Number of elephants captured at specificdates (2001)

Date No. in No. of Totalfamily bulls

2 July — 1 14 July — 3 36 July 4 — 48 July 5 1 610 July 5 — 512 July 5 1 614 July 4 — 416 July 6 1 718 July 4 — 420 July 7 — 722 July 5 — 524 July 2 2 4Total 47 9 56

Page 51: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

48 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

tality rate will definitely be reduced significantlywith the acquisition of more and better equipment.

The success of the operation is attributable to manyfactors, among which donor support, good and timelyplanning, good background research, pre-transloca-tion monitoring, and teamwork stand out.

The importance of translocation for managingwildlife in Kenya is increasing rapidly. Those whohave a heart for conservation are urgently requestedto give any support that can help equip KWS forpresent and future translocations. The organizationdoes not have enough money to address all thecountry’s conservation requirements and thereforedonor support is greatly needed.

Acknowledgements

We would like to acknowledge all the participants andorganizations for their financial, material and moralsupport from the time of preparation through the actualtranslocation exercise and post-translocation activities.We would like to thank specifically the following: BornFree Foundation, UK; the International Fund for Ani-mal Welfare; the Ol Pejeta Ranch; the Humane Societyof USA for donating the funds for the exercise; andSave the Elephant for donating radio collars and part ofpre-translocation monitoring expenses. We would alsolike to thank the Kenya Army, which provided addi-tional transport and personnel, and all capture team per-sonnel, who worked tirelessly until the end of the exer-cise. Special thanks go to our pilots, Major (Rtd) S.Nyanjui and Michael Nicholson; to the senior wardenof Meru National Park, Mark Jenkins; and to the dis-trict warden of Laikipia, Abdul Kadir Biru, for theircommitment and cooperation during the whole opera-tion. Above all we would like to thank Nehemiah Rotich,former director of KWS, for his moral support and con-tribution from the planning stages to the completion ofthe exercise. To all volunteers, especially Drs ShumpeiKambe, Tom De Maar and John King’ori, we say thankyou for your time and resources. Finally we would liketo say thank you to all other participants and the localcommunity, as without their role the exercise wouldnot have been a success.

ReferencesBirkett, A., Musyoki, C., and Bitok E. 2000. An ecological

assessment of Sweetwaters Rhino Sanctuary. Report toKenya Wildlife Services. Unpublished.

CITES. 2000. Proposals for amendments to Appendices Iand II. COP 11, Nairobi, Kenya.

Coetsee, A.M. (Clem). 1996. Elephant translocations: sum-mary of presentation compiled from rapporteur notes.Pachyderm 22:81–82.

Dobb, Liz. 1993. A world first: the translocation of adultAfrican elephants in Zimbabwe (an interview with ClemCoetsee). Zimbabwe Wildlife 14–15.

Douglas-Hamilton, I. 1972. On the ecology and behaviourof the African elephant. DPhil thesis, Oxford University.

Douglas-Hamilton, I., and Hillman, A.K.K. 1976. Reporton Meru National Park and conservation area. IUCNElephant Survey and Conservation Programme.

Du Toit, J.G. 1994. The introduction of elephant familyunits on game ranches and reserves in the Republic ofSouth Africa. IFAW Report No. 1. Du Toit Game Ser-vices (Pty) Ltd., Pretoria.

Hall-Martin, Anthony J. 1992. Translocation and re-estab-lishment of juvenile African elephants. In: Elephant andIvory Information Service (African Wildlife Foundation).1–5.

Kahumbu, P., Omondi, P., King, J., Muriuki, G., andHigginsbottom, J. 1999. Aerial count of elephant, buffalo,livestock and wildlife in Meru and Kora National Parks,Bisanadi and North Kitui national reserves and the north-ern dispersal area. Report. Kenya Wildlife Service, Nairobi.

Moss, C.J., and Poole, J.H. 1983. Relationships and socialstructure in African elephants. In: R.A. Hinde, ed. Pri-mate social relationships: an integrated approach.Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.

Njumbi, Stephen J., Waithaka, John M., Gachago, SalomeW., Sakwa, Jim S., Mwathe, Kennedy M., Mungai, Paul,Mulama, Martin S., Mutinda, Hamisi S., Omondi, PatrickO.M., and Litoroh, Moses W. 1996. Translocation of ele-phants: the Kenya experience. Pachyderm. 22:61–65.

Pienaar, U de V. 1967. Operation ‘Khomandlopfu’. Koedoe158–165.

Savory, Rozanne. 1996. Elephant relocation: habitat acqui-sition the key. Rhino and Elephant Journal 35–36.

Page 52: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 49

IntroductionLe Burkina Faso abrite l’effectif d’éléphants de savanele plus important de toute l’Afrique de l’Ouest (Barneset al. 1999). Les aires protégées dans ce pays couvrent11 % du territoire national. Le plus grand complexed’aires protégées est représenté par l’Unité de Conser-vation d’Arly qui se situe dans l’Est du Burkina Faso.C’est dans ce complexe que vit la plus grande popula-tion d’éléphants de savane de la sous-région.

Un recensement aérien a été mené dans l’Unité deConservation d’Arly en avril et mai 2000. Celui-ci avaitpour but de vérifier les tendances observées les annéesprécédentes grâce à l’utilisation des mêmes techniquesde suivi. L’éléphant est une espèce qui jouit d’une pro-tection intégrale au Burkina Faso où il a vu ses effectifsaugmenter régulièrement depuis les années 90.

Site d’étude

L’Unité de Conservation d’Arly couvre une superficieprès de 7100 km2 et est située entre 12°04' et 11°03' de

latitude Nord et entre 0°30' et 1°51' de longitude Ouest.Le complexe d’aires protégées est situé dans

l’écosystème sahélo-soudanien. La pluviométriemoyenne annuelle dans la région atteint 677 mm. Larégion est couverte de savane arbustive à arborée. Desgaleries forestières se répartissent le long des coursd’eau.

L’Unité de Conservation d’Arly est formée d’uncomplexe d’aires protégées (fig. 1). Elle est constituée :• du Parc National d’Arly,• du Ranch de Gibier Singou,• de concessions de chasse (Koakrana; Konkom-

bouri; Pama Nord, Centre Nord, Centre Sud et Sud;Pagou-Tandoudou, et Ouamou)

• ainsi que de l’enclave de Madjoari où vivent plusieursmilliers de personnes (Bouché et al. 2000).

MéthodeUn recensement aérien systématique par échantil-lonnage (Pennycuick et Western 1972) a été réalisé.

Statut et tendances des effectifs d’éléphants dans les airesprotégées de l’Est du Burkina Faso

Ph. Bouché1*, C.G. Lungren2, L.K. Ouedraogo3

1Coordonnateur sous-régional du programme CITES-MIKE, Afrique de l’Ouest, c/o UICN BRAO 01 BP 1618Ouagadougou, 01 Burkina Faso.e-mail : [email protected] ADEFA, 01 BP 5570 Ouagadougou 01, Burkina Faso3Direction des Etudes et de la Planification, Ministère de l’Environnement et de l’Eau, Burkina Faso

RésuméLe Burkina Faso abrite l’effectif d’éléphants de savane le plus important de toute l’Afrique de l’Ouest, là oùcette espèce jouit d’une protection intégrale. Un recensement aérien par échantillon a été mené dans le sud-estdu Burkina Faso en avril et mai 2000. L’effectif total moyen atteignait 1.743 ± 648 éléphants, ce qui constituela plus grande population d’éléphants de savane en Afrique de l’Ouest. La moyenne des groupes observésétait de: 5,42 (Erreur standard = 11,68 animaux) (1 à 32 individus / groupe). La distribution des éléphantsenregistrée confirme largement la distribution enregistrée les années précédentes.

Mots clefs supplémentaires: distribution, l’Unité de Conservation d’Arly, recensement aérien, échantillon

AbstractBurkina Faso is home to the largest savannah elephant population in the protected areas of West Africa. Anaerial sampling census was carried out in the south-west of Burkina Faso between April and May 2000. Theestimated total number of elephants was 1743 ± 648. The observed mean group size was 5.42 (standard error= 11.68 animals) (range: 1 to 32 individuals per group). The spatial distribution recorded confirmed that ofprevious years.

Page 53: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

50 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Ce type de recensement a tendance à fournir desrésultats plus exacts (estimation proche du chiffre réel)mais moins précis (variance et intervalle de confianceplus larges) (Caughley 1977). Son grand avantage estde donner un aperçu de la distribution des animauxsur toute la superficie étudiée. Le terrain relativementpeu accidenté de la région se prête bien à cette tech-nique. Cependant l’éléphant étant un animal trèsgrégaire, cette technique peut révéler ses limites pourrecenser cette espèce. Idéalement un recensementaérien total serait plus adapté (Norton-Griffiths 1978;Jachmann 1991 ; Douglas-Hamilton 1996 ; Dejace etal. 2000; Bouché 2001).

Au cours de ce recensement, 66 transects ont étéparcourus (tableau 1 et fig 2). Les transects ont étédisposés à intervalle régulier de 3 km. Ils ont étéorientés de manière à couper perpendiculairement lesprincipaux cours d’eau (fig. 2). Le plan de disposi-tion des transects est le même que celui utilisé en 1998et 99 afin de pouvoir comparer les résultats d’uneannée à l’autre (fig. 4).

L’avion utilisé était un Cessna 172. Les recense-ments ont été réalisés entre 5h45 et 9h30. Vingt-septvols ont été consacrées aux comptages. L’altitudechoisie était de 300 pieds par rapport au sol, soit 91m. La vitesse fut maintenue aussi constante que pos-sible à 80 nœuds, soit 148,2 km/h. La taille de labande-échantillon délimitée par des repères était telleque, pour une altitude de 300 pieds, les repèresdélimitaient au sol une bande de 200 m de large dechaque côté de l’avion. La largeur des bandes-échantillons a été calibrée avant le recensement.L’absence de radar-altimètre pour vérifier notre hau-teur pourrait avoir causé certains biais dans lerecensement. L’altitude a été contrôlée sur la base del’altimètre atmosphérique. La différence entre lapression avant et à la fin du vol a permis de recalculerla taille réelle de la bande-échantillon.

L’équipe de recensement était composée d’un pilotes’occupant de la navigation par GPS, de deuxobservateurs chargés des recensements et d’un co-pilote chargé du contrôle de l’altitude et de fournir

Village

Aires de faune

Legende

Source: Institut Géographique de Burkina

Zone de chasse dePAGOU-TANDOUGOU

DinboandiArly

Parc National de l’ARLY

Lagobiki

Zone de chassede WAMOU

Ranch de giblers di SINGOU

Zone de chasse de PAMA Nord

MadjoariTanibarya

Fafari

Zone de chasse dePAMA Sud

Zone de chasseKONKONBOURI

Zone de chasse dePAMA Centre Sud

Zone de chasse dePAMA Centre Nord

Pama

Tindangou

Zone de chassedeKOAKRANA

Kodjobri Gourma

Enclave deMADJOARI

Figure 1. Localization de zones de chasse concernées par le recensement aérien de faune avril–mai 2000.

Page 54: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 51

aux observateurs les coordonnées géographiquesgrâce à un autre GPS.

Ce recensement de saison sèche a été effectué en-tre le 26 avril et le 3 mai 2000, à une période de l’année

bien plus tardive que les années précédentes. Letraitement des données a été réalisé par la méthodede Jolly 2 (Norton-Griffiths 1978). Les intervalles deconfiance ont été calculés à 95 %.

Tableau 1. Superficie, nombre de transects, distance parcourue et superficie échantillonnée par zone

Zones Superficie (km2) Nombre de Distance Superficietransects parcourus échantillonnée en %

Arly 930 19 320.8 12.3Koakrana 250 6 70.8 12.4Konkombouri 650 18 228.5 14.1Ouamou 644 15 265.2 16.5Pagou-Tandougou 350 9 166.8 19.1Pama Centre Nord 815 11 246.6 12.1Pama Centre Sud 517 8 177.2 13.7Pama Nord 815 13 282.2 13.9Pama Sud 608 8 193.2 12.7Singou 1518 30 521.8 13.8Total 7097 66* 2473.1

*Au total 66 transects ont été parcourus. Chaque transects pouvant traverser plusieurs zones, ceux-ci ont été subdivisésau niveau de chaque zone. Ceci explique pourqoui le nombre de transect efféctués ne correspond pas a la somme desparties de transects au niveau de chaque zone.

Figure 2. Carte des transects..

Legende

Source: Institut Géographique de Burkina

SINGOU

PAMA Nord

PAMA Sud

PAMA Centre Sud

PAMA Centre Nord

8P9P10P11P12P13P14P15P16P17P18P19P20P21P

7P

22P23P

7P8P

9P10P

11P12P

13P14P15P16P17P18P19P20P21P

22P23P

24P25P26P

27P

28P29P

30P31P

32P33P34P

35P

24P25P

26P

27P28P

29P30P

31P32P

33P34P35P

30P27P

28P29P 26P31P

25P23P

22P

21P

19P18P

20P

24P

17P16P

15P14P

13P

12P11P

10P9P

8P7P

6P5P

4P3P

2P1P

13P14P

15P16P

17P18P

19P20P

21P22P

23P24P

25P26P

27P28P

29P30P

31P32P

33P34P

35P36P

TransectAires de faune

KONKONBOURI ARLY

PAGOU-TANDOUGOU

PAGOU-TANDOUGOU

MADJOARIKOAKRANA

Page 55: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

52 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Tableau 2. Nombres d’observations et d’individus observés, effectifs intervalle de confiance à 95 %(IC 95 %), densité et biomasse moyenne/km2 d’éléphants

Zones Nombre No. d’individus IC à 95 % Densité Biomassed’observations observés nombre/km2 moyenne/km2

Arly 5 — 355 ± 486 0.38 763.44Koakrana — — 0 ± 0 — —Konkombouri 8 69 490 ± 177 0.75 1507.69Pagou-Tandougou — — 0 ± 0 — —Pama Centre Nord 4 10 83 ± 81 0.10 203.80Pama Centre Sud 1 2 15 ± 31 0.03 57.98Pama Nord 3 13 94 ± 140 0.12 230.73Pama Sud 1 1 8 ± 19 0.01 26.33Ouamou 4 12 73 ± 63 0.11 226.62Singou 10 85 625 ± 417 0.41 823.45

36 241 1743 ± 648 0.25 491.26

Résultats

Les effectifs d’éléphants obtenus par zone sontexposés dans le tableau 2. L’effectif total moyenatteindrait 1.743 ± 648 animaux. Cependant, cetteespèce très grégaire se prête mal à ce type derecensement. Un recensement aérien total deséléphants serait nécessaire afin de mieux estimer lapopulation réelle. La moyenne des groupes observésatteint 5,42 animaux (erreur standard = 11,68 ) (1 à32 individus / groupe)

La distribution des observations et des densités decette espèce est exposée sur le figure 3. Les concentra-tions les plus importantes se situaient au Nord entre larivière Singou et la Tanouarbou, au Centre entre laSingou et la Konkombouri, ainsi qu’à l’Est à proximitéde l’Arly et de la Pendjari.

Discussion

La comparaison avec les observations de Bousquet1982 (in Chardonnet 1999), Lamarque 1992 (inChardonnet 1999), Barnes et al. 1999, et Chardonnet1999 (figure 4).

Généralement les recensements de saison sèchesont effectués au mois de février, soit deux mois plustôt, tandis que les recensements de saison des pluiess’effectuent en juin–juillet, soit deux mois plus tard.Ces deux périodes sont stratégiques pour lescomptages car à ces époques, pour chacune dessaisons, le climat est plus ou moins constant d’uneannée à l’autre, et la température est plus basse qu’en

avril–mai. A partir du mois d’avril, les premièrespluies irrégulières influencent la distribution desanimaux. La chaleur, plus importante au mois d’avrilqu’en février, oblige les animaux à se mettre à cou-vert plus tôt dans la journée. Il y a donc plus de chancede manquer des animaux lors de recensements au moisd’avril qu’en février. Il n’est donc pas anormal detrouver des résultats quelque peu différents desrecensements précédents.

Les effectifs obtenus au cours de cette étude sontpeu élevés en comparaison avec les effectifs obtenusen 1999. Ceci est peut être dû au fait que la période derecensement n’était pas adéquate et qu’une sous-esti-mation peut être intervenue suite au fait que cetinventaire a été réalisé plus tard dans la saison.Cependant les données de 1998 (Barnes et al. 1999)indiquaient que 2100 individus vivaient dans ce mêmecomplexe d’aires protégées, ce qui est comparativementsemblable à la limite supérieure de l’intervalle deconfiance à 95 % (2391 individus) obtenus en 2000.

Même si les effectifs obtenus au cours de cetteétude ont pu être sous-estimés, ces résultats con-firment cependant que la tendance des populationsd’éléphants dans l’Unité de Conservation d’Arly estcroissante depuis 1992 (fig. 4). La chute des effectifsentre 1982 et 92 peut s’expliquer par une augmenta-tion du braconnage de l’éléphant dans la région. Apartir de 1992, les effectifs ont augmenté à la suite detrois événements importants pour la conservation :• La décision de la CITES en 1989 de placer

l’éléphant en Annexe I de la Convention ;• Une migration provenant du Togo entre 1990 et

Page 56: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 53

Figure 4. Evolution des effectifs d’éléphants entre 1982 et 2000.

1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 20000

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

Saison despluies

Saison sèche

12241480

2100

3080

2940

1743

Anneés

Legende

Source: Institut Géographique de Burkina

PAGOU-TANDOUGOU

ARLY

OUAMOU

SINGOUPAMA Nord

MADJOARI

PAMA Sud

KONKONBOURI

PAMA Centre Sud

PAMA Centre NordKOAKRANA

Observation Densité 1–1112–2122–32

0.8–9.9 10–17.9 18–27

Figure 3. Distribution des observations et densité d’éléphants avril–mai 2000 (Recensement aérien defaune UICN).

Page 57: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

54 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

1993 et concernant 200 à 300 individus (Yaméogo L.in verbis). Cette migration a eu lieu à l’époque oùles recensements de 1992 ont été réalisés ;

• La mise en concession privée de larges espacesprotégés a eu un effet bénéfique sur les effectifs defaune en général, ce qui s’est traduit par destendances positives pour pratiquement toutes lesespèces sauvages bien que les conditions de gestionne soient pas optimales (Bouché et al. 2000).La distribution des éléphants enregistrée en 2000

confirme largement la distribution enregistrée enjuillet 1999 (Chardonnet et al. 1999).

Le braconnage, même s’il est limité, sévit encoredans l’Unité de Conservation. Un mois avant notrearrivée, un éléphant a été illégalement abattu à PamaSud (Tapsoba L. in verbis.).

Conclusion

Les résultats obtenus ces dernières années confirmentque l’Unité de Conservation d’Arly abrite la plusgrande population d’éléphants de savane d’Afriquede l’Ouest. Malgré des effectifs peut-être sous-estimésdûs au fait que la période de recensement n’était pasadéquate, ces résultats, tout comme ceux de 1998 et99, confirment une tendance positive des effectifsd’éléphants depuis les années 90 dans l’Unité de Con-servation d’Arly. La distribution des éléphantsobservée en avril–mai 2000 confirme celle de 1999pendant la saison des pluies.

RemerciementsLes auteurs tiennent à remercier vivement Mr L.Millogo, Mr Konaté, Mr Hébié, Chef du projet Appuià la Mise en Œuvre, pilote de l’Unité de Conserva-tion d’Arly, ainsi que le Prof. J.-C. Heymans pouravoir permis la réalisation de ce recensement. Nousremercions également Mr Tallec qui a piloté l’avionet qui s’est plié à toutes nos exigences. Nous sommesreconnaissants envers Mr Tapsoba pour son accueildans son campement de Pama. Notre gratitude

s’adresse également à Mr Ginko qui a été à notre dis-position pour tous nos déplacements.

Références

Barnes, R.F.W., Craig, G.C., Dublin, H.T., Overton, G.,Simons, W., and Thouless, C.R. 1999. African elephantdatabase 1998. Occasional Paper of the IUCN SpeciesSurvival Commission No. 22. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.249 p.

Bouché, Ph., Heymans, J.-C., Lungren, C.G., et Ouedraogo,L.K. 2000. Recensement des animaux sauvages dans lesconcessions de faune de l’Est. Ministère de l’Environ-nement et de l’Eau, Burkina Faso. 96 p + annexes.

Dejace, Ph., Ghautier, L., et Bouché, Ph. 2000. Les popu-lations de grand mammifères et autruches du Parc Na-tional de Zakouma au Tchad. Statut et tendance évolutive.Revue d’Ecologie (La Terre et la Vie) 55 (4) : 305–320.

Bouché, Ph. 2001. Méthodologies et techniques de recense-ments des grands mammifères en Afrique . InstitutVétérinaire Tropical, Faculté de Médecine Vétérinaire,Université de Liège. 180 p.

Caughley, G. 1977. Sampling in aerial survey. Journal ofWildlife Management 41 (4):605–615.

Chardonnet, B., Rouamba, P., Barry, I., Ouedraogo, A., etNacoulma, P. 1999. Suivi écologique aérien des airesclassées des bassins de l’Arly et du Singou. Ministère del’Environnement et de l’Eau, Burkina Faso. 124 p.

Douglas-Hamilton, I. 1996. Comptage des éléphants parl’air. Comptages totaux. p. 31–41. En : K. Kangwana,ed., L’étude des éléphants. Série des manuels techniquesAWF n° 7. African Wildlife Foundation, Nairobi. 190 p.

Jachmann, H. 1991. Evaluation of four survey methods forestimating elephant densities. African Journal of Ecol-ogy 29:188–195.

Norton-Griffiths, M.1978. Counting animals. Handbookn° 1. African Wildlife Leadership Foundation, Nairobi.130 p.

Pennycuick, C.J., and Western, D. 1972. An investigationof some source of bias in aerial transect sampling of largemammal populations. East African Wildlife Journal 11(1):109–112.

Page 58: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 55

IntroductionWhile the history of Kenya’s elephants has been re-viewed in detail by Poole et al. (1992), information isinsufficient on elephants at the coastal strip. Uncon-firmed accounts indicate that elephants were present inthe Shimba Hills in the early 1900s (Poole et al. 1992),although they had been overexploited for the ivory tradebetween 1840 and 1890 (Spinage 1973).

Traditionally, elephants moved throughout KwaleDistrict, migrating regularly from the Shimba Hillsarea to Mkomazi Game Reserve in northern Tanza-nia and Tsavo National Park, 40 km to the south-westand 60 km to the north-west, respectively (Stewartand Stewart 1963; Risley 1966; Ross 1981; Poole etal. 1992). Makin (1968) concluded that a game corri-dor should be established between Shimba Hillsacross the Ramisi River and west of Mt Jombo into

Tanzania. Controlled shooting of elephants by theGame Department contributed significantly to migra-tion decline. Also interfering with their migratoryroutes was the establishment of the Shimba Hillssettlement scheme and the cultivation it brought. Therecent construction of an electric fence has firmlycurtailed the natural migration pattern.

Heavy elephant poaching occurred along some partsof the migration routes (Stewart and Stewart 1963;Risley 1966). Shimba elephants were also hunted fortheir ivory in the surrounding area. According to GameDepartment records, in September 1934 Pat Ayre, a pro-fessional hunter, killed 12 elephants near Mrima Hill(fig. 1) on control. Deliberate government action toeliminate them to settle people caused further elephantmortality. In 1961/62, for instance, the Game Depart-ment shot 250 elephants on control.

Aerial elephant count in the Shimba Hills ecosystem, Kenya

Moses Litoroh

Shimba Hills National Reserve, PO Box 30, Kwale, Kenyatel: +254 127 4159email: [email protected]

Abstract

A total elephant wet count was conducted by helicopter in the Shimba Hills ecosystem in August 1997. Theaim of the survey was to verify the estimated mean of 412 elephants obtained through dung counts, and thusascertain if elephants in Shimba should be culled. During this survey, 464 elephants were counted, of which150 were in Mwaluganje, giving a density of 6 elephants per km2. Results from this count were similar tothose from dung counts, which it complements. This survey clearly shows earlier gross underestimation ofelephant numbers in the Shimba Hills. The solution to the problem in Mwaluganje caused by the high ele-phant density is to reduce the density. Translocation options are strongly suggested.

Résumé

On a réalisé un comptage total des éléphants par hélicoptère dans l’écosystème des Shimba Hills en août1997. Le but de cette étude était de vérifier l’exactitude de l’estimation moyenne de 412 éléphants obtenue àpartir du comptage des crottes afin d’être sûr qu’il ne fallait pas procéder à l’abattage d’un certain nombred’éléphants de Shimba. Au cours de cette étude, on a dénombré 464 éléphants, dont 150 à Mwaluganje, ce quiéquivaut à une densité de 6 éléphants au km2. Les résultats de cette étude étaient comparables à ceux descomptages de crottes qu’ils viennent complémenter. Ils montrent clairement que les évaluations précédentesdes éléphants de Shimba Hills étaient grossièrement sous-estimées. La solution du problème causé par la fortedensité d’éléphants à Mwaluganje passe par une réduction de cette densité. On suggère avec insistance depenser à l’option de translocation.

Page 59: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

56 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Monitoring

No scientific monitoring of elephants took place in theShimba Hills before the 1970s. The available data werethose recorded by Jarman (1973), estimating 2000elephants for the entire Kwale District. These elephantswere intermittently monitored by district by theDepartment of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing(DRSRS) from 1977 using sample counts. Surveys thedepartment conducted after 1993 indicate that no

elephants existed in Kwale, although they were con-fined within Shimba. This is probably because of thedense vegetation cover. In a forest ecosystem likeShimba, making an accurate count of elephants is ex-tremely difficult because visibility is poor.

Dung count therefore appears to be the most prac-tical method for calculating elephant numbers (Barnesand Jensen 1987). Although this method has inherentstatistical uncertainty, it can give precise and accu-rate results, depending on how the data are analysed.

Figure 1. Location of the Shimba Hills ecosystem and Kwale forests.

Lunga-Lunga

Mrima forest

Monenjiforest

Gonja forest

Hamisi

Budaforest

Congoniforest

Elephant CorridorMwaluganje CommunityConservation Area

Mwaluganjeforest

MOMBASADISTRICT

Port Reitz

Mwacheforest

Tiwi

Mkongani North forest

Jambo forest

Mkongani West forest

FunziBay

Kwaleforests

Mombasa

BatiBay

Shimoni

0 5 10 kilometres

townsforest boundariesmangrove swamps

KEY

N

Shimba HillsNational Reserve

Page 60: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 57

Using dung counts, studies in Shimba by Reulinget al. (1992) and Mwathe (1995) gave mean estimatesof 412 ± 165 and 453 ± 181 elephants, respectively.In June 1995, 232 elephants were counted by usingthe total count technique with a high-fixed-wing air-craft (Kiiru 1995). Unlike the DRSRS surveys, whichtook in the whole district, these surveys focused pri-marily on the Shimba Hills ecosystem.

It is generally agreed that elephant numbers inthe forest have increased since the 1950s. This is prob-ably as a result of range compression brought aboutby agricultural development, and poaching pressurein the 1970s and 1980s (Poole et al. 1992), whichcaused ele-phants to move into the forest from thesurrounding areas. The thick forest cover coupled withan elephant-tolerant attitude of the local people pro-vided protection for elephants, enabling them to sur-vive the poaching years.

Vegetation damage by elephants

Vegetation damage by elephants in the Shimba Hillsecosystem has reached critical levels in localizedareas. The damage ranges from inhibiting regenerationthrough browsing in areas like Longomwagandi (Höftand Höft 1995) to causing death of mature trees throughdebarking and toppling them in Mwaluganje Forest(pers. obs.). Now that the reserve is nearly fully ringedwith an electric fence, the destruction of biodiversity islikely to increase to crisis levels. This has caused con-cern for the Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) and otherconservation bodies, both locally and internationally.Previous studies in the Shimba Hills (for example,Schmidt 1991, 1992; Robertson and Luke 1993; Davisand Bennum 1993; Höft and Höft 1995) have expressedsimilar concerns. Results from these studies express theneed to manage elephant intervention urgently to pro-tect biodiversity. Additionally, in 1993 KWS initiated astudy of the interaction between elephants and theirhabitat to investigate the impact of elephants onbiodiversity. The objective was to help formulate man-agement strategies suitable for maintaining a viableelephant population. Preliminary results from this study(Mwathe 1995) indicate that vegetation parameters suchas tree height, tree density, mean stem diameter andforest openness were negatively correlated with elephantdensity.

What is at stake if the present level of elephantdensity is not reduced? Shimba Hills is probably therichest among the coastal forests for plant species

(Davies and Bennum 1993). According to these au-thors, Shimba and Arabuko-Sokoke to the north ac-count for most of the coastal forest biodiversity inKenya. About 15% of the Shimba Hills plants arecoastal endemics (Schmidt 1991), and 19 of the 159rare tree species known for Kenya occur in Shimba(Beentje 1988). This makes Shimba Hills an impor-tant area for conserving the country’s plantbiodiversity. It is also a significant water catchmentarea, from which fresh water is supplied to Kwaleand Mombasa towns and to the international touristhotels along the south coast. This water catchmentarea must be protected through sound managementinitiatives for the benefit of coastal people. All thesefunctions are at stake if the present level of ele-phantdensity is not reduced. At Mwaluganje Elephant Sanc-tuary there is additional conflict between developingtourism and conserving biodiversity. The challengefor KWS is to find the balance between the two.

Survey justification

In search of a solution to the elephant problem atShimba, KWS convened a workshop at Tiwi in KwaleDistrict in March 1997. The participants were drawnfrom KWS, local and international NGOs, conserva-tionists, universities, community leaders and researchorganizations. The workshop resolved that elephantdensity must be reduced. Although it recommendedculling as the immediate and short-term interventionmanagement option, this option became the subjectof much debate. The controversy intensified whenresults from a modelling exercise (Kamanga 1997)were presented, proposing culling 200 elephants tosave biodiversity. This study was based on data byMwathe (1995). However, some participants felt thatsince there is statistical uncertainty in dung counts,Mwathe’s results, and therefore Kamanga’s, shouldbe treated with caution.

In view of this controversy and uncertainty, theEden Trust and the Mwaluganje/Golini CommunityConservation Company volunteered to raise funds foranother elephant count if KWS would authorize it, todetermine a more accurate number before taking anyculling decision. The survey went ahead with KWSfacilitating and coordinating it. Its purpose was tocount all elephants and determine their distributionin the Shimba Hills ecosystem, test the efficacy of ahelicopter count and compare the results of the heli-copter count with those of the dung count.

Page 61: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

58 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Study area

The Shimba Hills ecosystem comprises the ShimbaHills National Reserve, Mkongani West and NorthForest Reserves, the elephant corridor area and theMwaluganje Forest Reserve (fig. 1). It is situated inKwale District (south-eastern Kenya), stretching from39°17' to 39°30' east and from 4°09' to 4°21' south.The climate is humid semi-hot equatorial (FAO/UNESCO 1977), with a mean annual temperature of24.2 °C (Braun 1977). The Shimba Hills has two rainseasons, the ‘long rains’ from mid-March to the endof June and the ‘short rains’ in October and Novem-ber. Jatzold and Schmidt (1983) have reported a meanannual rainfall of 1150 mm. Mist and fog contributeconsiderably to the total amount of precipitation.

The Shimba Hills Forest Reserve was first gazet-ted in 1903. Its size was increased to 21,740 ha in1956. In 1967 the Shimba Hills National Reserve(19,250 ha) was gazetted and superimposed on thebulk of the Shimba Hills Forest Reserve. By thisgazettement it became the responsibility of the Wild-life Conservation and Management Department, thepredecessor of KWS, and the Forest Department tomanage the reserve jointly. Mkongani West (1366 ha)

and Mkongani North (1113 ha) Forest Reserves werenot gazetted as national reserves. Mwaluganje ForestReserve (1715 ha) lies approximately 5 km north ofthe Shimba Hills National Reserve.

The Shimba Hills rise abruptly from the coastalplain to form a table plateau, which is surrounded byan escarpment rising from about 120 m on the coastalplain to 300 m for most of the plateau. The plateau isgenerally flat but rises to 450 m at Marere and PengoHills. This plateau encourages precipitation fromwater-laden clouds blowing in from the Indian Ocean.The water flow during both wettest and driest monthsis stabilized by the forest.

The Kenya Soil Survey (1978) described the soilsof Shimba as deeply weathered. They are made up ofsediments derived from Shimba grits and Mazerassandstone, which yield coarse-grained ferralitic soils.A cover of medium-grained Magarini sands depos-ited on top of Shimba grits in the centre of the re-serve yields soils with a higher cation exchange ca-pacity, base saturation and larger water storage ca-pacity in some areas like Longomwagandi.

The vegetation of Shimba Hills has been describedin detail by Schmidt (1991). Generally, it consists ofa mosaic of tropical, seasonal evergreen rain forest,

In a forest ecosystem like Shimba, making an accurate count of elephants is extremely difficult becausevisibility is poor.

Page 62: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 59

woodland (eight forest types) and fire-inducedgrassland. An analysis of 1991 aerial photographs ofthe Shimba Hills/Mkongani reserves suggests that48% is forest formations, 36% scrub formation and13% grasslands. In Mwalunganje, 23% is forest andwoodland and 76% thicket and scrub.

Such combinations of habitat undoubtedly providefor a varied fauna: 295 butterfly species (35% ofKenya’s species), of which 13 are rare, 24 are forestdependent, 2 are endemic; 35 mammal species, whichinclude elephant, giraffe, yellow baboon, Angolancolobus and Sykes monkeys, Grimm’s duiker, bush-buck, ring-backed waterbuck, warthog, buffalo, leo-pard, spotted and striped hyena (plus small mammalssuch as bats, rats and mice). Shimba is known for itsthreatened population of the sable antelope, which isendemic to the reserve. One hundred eleven forestbird species have been recorded, 20 of which arecoastal birds (Davis and Bennum 1993).

Method

The count was carried out in August1997. The stand-ard technique of totalaerial count was used. This techniqueaimed to systematically cover the entiresurface of the defined census zone andto record every species of animals beingcounted and its geographical location.The pilot and observers were instructedaccording to the protocol described byNorton-Griffiths (1978) and improvedupon by Douglas-Hamilton et al. (1994)and Douglas-Hamilton (1996). A six-seatHughes 500 Jet Ranger helicopter, withdoors removed to improve visibility, wasused. The special advantage of the heli-copter was that it could hover over bigelephant groups and split them, allow-ing the observers to count accurately.

Census zone and countingblocks

As the study area was only 250 km2, itwould ordinarily have been treated as onecounting block. However, because of itsshape and the strong monsoon windsfrom the Indian Ocean, it was decided todivide the census zone into four blocks

(fig. 2), numbered 1 to 4. These blocks were demar-cated using a GPS (global positioning system) andeasily recognizable boundaries from an electric fenceand human settlements around the study area. Flightblocks were marked on 1:50,000 maps with univer-sal transverse mercator (UTM) coordinates superim-posed on them to facilitate navigation with the GPS.

The whole survey was done in one day. Approxi-mately 250 km2 were covered in 5.56 h of count time,giving a searching rate of about 45 km2 per hour. Thissearching rate gives data quality of category 1 (bestquality) as described in the African Elephant Data-base (Said et al. 1995).

Flight paths

The flight paths were determined by the pilot usingthe GPS and flown north–south because of strongwinds. The transects were spaced at 500-m intervals

Figure 2. Counting blocks 1 to 4 and flight lines of helicopter5Y-TOR.

Reserve and park boundariesFlight path

1

2

3

4

Page 63: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

60 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

but opened up to 1 km in areas where veg-etation was not thick. Figure 2 shows theflight paths and relative intensity of the cov-erage, as recorded by GPS. Small circles inthe flight paths indicate where the aircraftcircled while elephants were counted.

Recording data

The front-seat observer (FSO) ensured thatthe data were recorded on a data sheet. Eachobservation was recorded in the GPS as a‘waypoint’, and the waypoint simultaneously re-corded on a data sheet. The rear-seat observers (RSOs)were responsible for spotting and counting. If RSOsspotted an animal, they called out to the pilot and theFSO, indicating if a diversion was needed to obtain aproper count. Every crew member and the pilot par-ticipated in the count. If the pilot circled, he ensuredthat the flight resumed on the transect at the pointwhere the flight had broken off.

Results

A total of 464 elephants (table1) were counted in the studyarea. These include 452 el-ephants, which can besummed up from the GPSwaypoints (fig. 4) plus 12 ex-tra elephants that were not re-corded in the GPS (see Dis-cussion).

Mwaluganje elephantsanctuary had 150 elephants,while the rest were counted inthe reserve. It was relativelyeasy to count elephants accu-rately in more open areas.However, in some instanceselephants were spotted buttheir numbers could not be de-termined because of the thickvegetation. Hence the 150 isminimum.

Elephants were found in allhabitat types, with large num-bers in Mwaluganje, atMarere and along the south-ern border, where heavy crop-

raiding had been reported a week before the survey.Figure 3 shows their distribution and concentrations.

A qualitative observation made on elephant sexgroupings revealed that the Mwaluganje forest areahad many cow–calf groups, and only a few were as-sociated with a few bulls. The corridor area had anumber of groupings of bulls but few cow–calfgroups. Marere area had many cow–calf groups andfew bull groups, contrary to previous indications.

Table 1. Summary of elephant counts in the study area, 1997

Location Counted Area Minimum(no.) (km2) elephant density

(km2)

Mwaluganje 150 25 6.0

Shimba Hills Nature 314 217 1.4Reserve and forestreserves

Shimba ecosystem 464 250 1.9

Figure 3. Elephant distribution.

495

19

136

37

1511

4 148

161179

8

6161

5

4467

4

1613

181

19

2333

1212

51167

2

1

12

25

17

5

5

97

1 63

11139 2

510 5

5 7

Page 64: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 61

Discussion

This aerial census counted 464 elephants in the studyarea, complementing the dung count surveys. Thisfigure is similar to the mean estimates of 412 and429 elephants from dung counts by Mwathe (1995)and Reuling et al. (1992), respectively, but twice thenumber counted by Kiiru (1995). The difference inelephant numbers between this study and that of Kiiru(1995) clearly cannot be due to natural recruitmentbecause of the short time interval. Neither can it beexplained in terms of immigration because there isno evidence to suggest that elephant migration toTsavo and Mkomazi still exists. This difference prob-ably lies in the different techniques used. Althoughboth surveys were total aerial counts during the wetseason, Kiiru (1995) used a Husky with transectsspaced at 1-km intervals while the present study useda chopper flying on 500-m transect interval. This hadthe effect of increasing the scanning intensity. Addi-tionally, a helicopter had the special advantage of be-ing able to hover over big elephant groups and splitthem up, allowing observers to make accurate counts.The present study shows that it is possible to count ele-phants and obtain a reliable minimum number in theShimba Hills using a helicopter, and future surveys,done seasonally, should involve the use of one.

In a total aerial survey, the most important sourceof bias is observer efficiency and the failure of ob-servers to see all the animals in their counting blocks(Caughley and Goddard 1972). In this study, the sig-nificant bias was due to dense vegetation. ShimbaHills is essentially a forest ecosystem, unlike savan-nahs where elephant aerial surveys are popular. A thickforest impairs visibility. An example of poor visibil-ity was observed when an area had been flown twicewithout spotting any elephants, but on the third flightto refuel, 12 elephants emerging from the forest weresighted in a glade. In addition, elephants were sightedin the forest during the survey but could not becounted because of poor visibility. As a result, a fewelephants were uncounted.

The second bias resulted from the inexperience ofsome crew members who were surveying for the firsttime. In view of the above biases, the number of ele-phants from this survey should be treated only as mini-mum. The true mean estimate, based on dung counts(Litoroh et al. 2001) is 575 elephants.

Elephants were distributed all over the reserve includ-ing in the southern part where it was thought that el-

ephants do not occur. The highest concentrations werearound Marere and Mwaluganje areas. Kiiru (1995)recorded a similar distribution pattern. She found thatelephants clearly prefer thickets and scrub. Such habi-tat with glades occurs at Marere and in the corridor,probably accounting for the high numbers of elephantsoccurring there. However, this distribution pattern prob-ably does not reflect the true situation because groundsurveys by Mwathe (1995) and Litoroh (in prep.) haverecorded high elephant dung densities in high canopyforest where no elephants were spotted. Marere and thecorridor area have low vegetation cover, which allowseasy spotting and counting of elephants. Clearly, thissurvey alone does not tell the whole story about elephantdistribution in the Shimba ecosystem. To form a truepicture, we must consider dung counts, which coverareas of dense vegetation.

Kiiru (1995) postulated that Shimba elephants willnumber about 400 animals (1.7 elephants per km2) inthe next 10 years, by which time vegetation damagewill have become critical. However, Mwathe (1995)contradicted this and said that elephants at an estimat-ed mean density of 1.6 per km2 were already causingconsiderable damage. He showed that tree height anddensity were negatively correlated with high elephantdensities. Coetzee et al. (1979) studying elephants inKruger National Park obtained an elephant densityof 0.4 km2 while Pellew (1983) found a bull elephantdensity of 0.2 km2 in the Seronera area of SerengetiNational Park. Both studies showed that even at suchlow densities, elephants were causing considerabledamage. In the current study, the minimum overallelephant density for Shimba Hills is 1.9 elephants perkm2; the density in Mwaluganje was 6, which isprobably one of the highest elephant densities everrecorded. The impact of such high elephant densitieson vegetation cannot be overemphasized, as can beseen in the Mwaluganje Forest Reserve.

To maintain an ecological balance, the elephant den-sity must be reduced. Translocation should be consid-ered. In good terrain and open country, KWS commonlyuses translocation to manage wildlife populations.Shimba Hills and Mwaluganje, however, present spe-cial difficulties because the terrain is rough and the veg-etation relatively thick. Nevertheless, and based on theoutcome of the Tiwi workshop, KWS should take abold step and translocate elephants to reduce the popu-lation density. A density of 0.5 ele-phants/km2 is prob-ably suitable for the Shimba Hills ecosystem at themoment. To achieve this and have an effect, 200 el

Page 65: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

62 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

ephants should be removed. Additionally, elephantimmunocontraception should be considered as a meansto stabilize the remaining population.

It is also important that KWS puts in place an ele-phant management policy to avoid emotional argu-ments against some management decisions even whenthe data are sufficient to support such decisions.

Acknowledgements

This survey would not have been possible withoutthe sole financial support of the Eden Wildlife Trust.KWS authorized this survey and facilitated and co-ordinated it in collaboration with the Eden WildlifeTrust. I would like to thank Dr Ian Douglas-Hamilton,who provided assistance at the planning stage. MrHalvor Astrup provided the helicopter, which waspiloted by Captain Phil Mathews. Logistical supportcame from Ted Goss. Aerial observers in addition tomyself were George Muriuki and Moses Omurambi,all of us from KWS. Paula Kahumbu, then a graduatestudent at Princeton University, Camilla Moore, a stu-dent from the University of Edinburgh, and Will Traverswere observers with private interests. Claire Geddeshelped with the cartography as well as downloadingdata to a computer from the GPS. Thank you all.

References

Barnes, R.F.W., and Jensen, K.L. 1987. How to count ele-phants in the forest. IUCN African Elephant and RhinoSpecialist Group Technical Bulletin 1:1–6.

Beentje, H.J. 1988. Atlas of the rare trees of Kenya. Utafiti1(3):71–123.

Braun, H.M.H. 1977. Seasonal and monthly rainfall prob-ability tables for the east-central, north-western and coastregions of Kenya. Misc. Paper M 13. Kenya Soil Sur-vey, Nairobi.

Caughley, G.J., and Goddard, J. 1972. Improving the esti-mates from inaccurate censuses. Journal of WildlifeManagement 36:135–140.

Coetzee, B.J., Engelbrech, A.H., Joubert, S.P.J., and Retief,P.J. 1979. Elephant impact on Sclerocarya trees in Aca-cia nigrescens, the tropical plains thorn veld of KrugerNational Park. Koedoe 22:39–60.

Davis G., and Bennum, L. 1993. Biodiversity overview ofShimba Hills National Reserve, Mkongani Forest Re-serve and Mwaluganje Forest Reserve. A report preparedfor the Kenya Indigenous Forest Conservation Project(KIFCON). KIFCON, Nairobi.

Douglas-Hamilton, I. 1996. Counting elephants from theair: total counts. In: Kadzo Kangwana, ed., Studying ele-phants. Technical Handbook Series No 7. African Wild-life Foundation, Nairobi.

Douglas-Hamilton, I., Gachago, S., Litoroh, M.W., andMirangi, J. 1994. Tsavo elephant count. Report. KenyaWildlife Service, Nairobi.

FAO/UNESCO. 1977. Soil map of the world 1:5 000 000.vol. 6, Africa. UNESCO, Paris. 299 p.

Höft, R., and Höft, M. 1995. The differential effects of ele-phants on rain forest communities in the Shimba Hills,Kenya. Biological Conservation 73:67–69.

Jarman, P.J., ed. 1973. Game Department Seminar, ElephantDiscussion Group. University of Nairobi, 17 September1973. Unpublished paper.

Jatzold, R., and Schmidt, H. 1983. Farm management hand-book of Kenya, vol. 2c, East Kenya. Ministry of Agricul-ture, Kenya, in cooperation with the German Agricul-tural Team of the Germany Agency for Technical Coop-eration. Erhart Gmbh, Trier. 411 p.

Kamanga, C.G. 1997. Impacts of increasing elephant den-sities on biodiversity in Shimba. Consultancy report.Kenya Wildlife Services, Nairobi.

Kenya Soil Survey. 1978. Soils of the Kwale–Mombasa–Lungalunga area. Reconnaissance Soil Survey ReportNo. R3 by D.O. Michieka, B.J.A. Van der Pouw, and J.J.Vleeshauer. Ministry of Agriculture, National Agricul-tural Laboratories, Nairobi.

Kiiru, W. 1995. Human–elephant interaction around ShimbaHills National Reserve, Kenya. MSc thesis, Universityof Zimbabwe.

Litoroh, M.W., Njue, A., Bitok, E., and Omondi, P. 2001.Elephant–habitat interaction study in Shimba Hills Na-tional Reserve. Final report to WWF/KWS on analysisof data collected between 1996 and 1999 under WWF/KWS Project Ref: KE0097.72, Nairobi.

Mwathe, K.M. 1995. Elephant–habitat interaction study inShimba Hills National Reserve: elephant density estimates(floristic composition and elephant habitat damage assess-ment). Annual report to Kenya Wildlife Service, Nairobi.

Norton-Griffiths, M. 1978. Counting animals: handbookon techniques. In: J.J. Grindell, ed., African Wildlife Bi-ology No. 1. AWLF, Nairobi.

Pellew, R.A. 1983. The impacts of elephant, giraffe andfire upon Acacia tortilis woodlands of the Serengeti. Af-rican Journal of Ecology 21:41–74.

Poole, J.H., Aggarwal, N., Sinange, R., Nganga, S., Broten, M.,and Douglas-Hamilton, I. 1992. The status of Kenya’s ele-phants (1992). Report. Kenya Wildlife Service and Depart-ment of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing, Nairobi.

Page 66: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 63

Reuling, M., Mwathe, K., Litoroh, M., and Poole, J. 1992.A survey of the Shimba Hills elephant population. KenyaWildlife Service, Nairobi.

Risley, E. 1966. An urgent plea for a national park to becreated in the Shimba Hills. Africana 2(9):6–8.

Robertson, S.A., and Luke, W.R.Q. 1993. Kenya, coast for-est status: conservation and management. WWF ProjectNo. 3256. World Wide Fund for Nature and NationalMuseums of Kenya, Nairobi.

Ross, K. 1981. Shimba Hills Reserve land-use study. Re-port. Wildlife Planning Unit, Wildlife Conservation andManagement Department (now KWS), Nairobi.

Said, M.Y., Chunge, R.N., Craig, G.C., Thouless, C.R.,Barnes, R.FW., and Dublin, H.T. 1995. African elephantdatabase. Occasional Paper of the IUCN Species Sur-vival Commission No 11. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.

Schmidt, R. 1991. Ecology of tropical lowland rain forest:plant communities, soil characteristics and nutrient rela-tions of the forest in Shimba Hills National Reserve,Kenya. Dissertationes Botanicae 179, J. Cramer Berlin,Stuttgart. 211 p.

Schmidt, R. 1992. Degradation of a forest in the ShimbaHills National Reserve, Kenya, as initiated by man andmaintained by wildlife. In: J.G. Goldammer, ed., Tropi-cal forests in transition. Birkhauser, Basel. p. 85–104.

Spinage, C.A. 1973. A review of ivory exploitation andelephants (Loxodonta africana cyclotis Matschia) in BiaNational Park, Ghana. African Journal of Ecology 21:175–184.

Stewart, D.R.M., and Stewart, J. 1963. The distribution ofsome large mammals in Kenya. Journal of the East Afri-can Natural History Society 24(3):1–52.

Page 67: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

64 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

High incidence of elephant twin births in Tarangire NationalPark, Tanzania

Charles A.H. Foley

Tarangire Elephant Project, PO Box 2703, Arusha, Tanzaniaemail: [email protected]

Twinning in African elephants is relatively uncommon.Evidence from population culls in Uganda (Laws 1969)indicates that on average, 1% of conceptions producetwins. Data from a long-term demographic study inAmboseli National Park, Kenya (Moss 2001), suggestthat twinning may be rarer still; only one set of twinswas recorded from 1192 births over 30 years. InTarangire National Park, Tanzania, a group of 139 in-dividually known adult females has been studied since1993, with accurate demographic records kept. Among291 recorded births, 14 (5%) have been twins. Of theseven twinning cases, five produced one male and onefemale infant, and in the other two cases both infantswere females.

One remarkable female elephant, named Willow,has produced three consecutive sets oftwins within a period of seven years. Herfirst set was born in mid-1992, the sec-ond set in the second week of April 1996,and the third on 21 April 1999. Interbirthintervals were therefore approximatelyfour years between the first and secondset, and exactly three years between thesecond and third set. On each occasionone of the infants was male and the otherfemale. The male of the first set of twinsdied in unknown circumstances in 1997at age five, and the male of the third setof twins died within six months of birth,again for unknown reasons. The twins

Table 1. Data on birth date, sex and mortality of the seven twinbirths in Tarangire

Mother Birth dates Sex of twins Infant deathsof calves

Willow 1992 female/male male 1997Whisper 1992 female/male —Fiona 1993 female/male female/male 1993Willow April 1996 female/male —Willow April 1999 female/male male 1999Eleanor March 2000 female/female female/female 2001a

Pandora April 2000 female/female —

a mother died June 2000

FIELD NOTES

born in 1996 have survived to date. A second femalewithin the family group (assumed to be a close rela-tive of Willow, possibly a sister) also produced twins,both female, in 1991. Her next calf, a single male,was born in May 1995—an interbirth interval of ap-proximately four years. The birth dates and sexes ofthe seven twin births are summarized in table 1.

Evidence from humans suggests that twinning isgenetically influenced, with some families and indi-viduals being more predisposed than others (Whiteand Wyshak 1964). While little research has been con-ducted in this field on non-domesticated animals, ob-servation of multiple occurrences of twins within afamily group suggests that a similar pattern might alsooccur in elephants.

Page 68: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 65

The 1996 set of Willow’s female and male twinshas been closely monitored over the past six years.Competition levels between the male and female in-fants were high during the weaning period, with themale directing all aggression towards the female. Ifthe female attempted to suckle when the male wassuckling on the other breast, the male would run overand push her away with his head and then suckle onthat breast himself. The male was also seen prevent-ing the female from suckling when not suckling him-self, again by running up and ramming the femalewith his head. The female had to wait until the malewas sleeping or playing before suckling. Despite thesepersistent feeding interruptions, the female infant re-mained in good physical condition, with fat coveringthe entire lumbar region and no lumbar depression vis-ible (Albl 1971). There was very little competition be-tween the pairs of female twins, and in both sets theinfants were repeatedly seen suckling at the same time.

Despite monopolizing their mother’s milk,Willow’s male infants in the sets of twins proved tobe the more vulnerable, with two of the three dyingbefore age five. Mortality among all twins was high,with 6 of the 14 infants (43%) dying by the age offive. In two cases both the twins died (in one casefollowing the death of the mother), and in two othercases, one twin died (table 1). This is a far highermortality rate than the 13% (35 deaths among 277infants) recorded for single infant births (c2 = 7.32, p< 0.007). It is probable that mothers of twins are lessable to meet their infants’ nutritional requirements,and the fact that there are two infants may also in-crease the chance of one becoming separated fromthe family group. Male infants, with their highergrowth rates and greater milk demands (Lee and Moss1986), are likely to be particularly vulnerable.

In a highly unusual incident, one set of three-month-old female twins was adopted by their eight-year-old brother, following the death of their mother.The young male guided the infants, adjusting his travelspeed to suit theirs. The trio of siblings spent most oftheir time apart from their family group. Remarkably,the male would allow the infants to allo-suckle. Aninfant would initiate the suckling by pushing themale’s front leg forward with her head, causing themale to pause. In each case, the infant terminated theallo-suckling. On several occasions both infants wereseen allo-suckling at the same time. The infantslearned what to eat by feeding from the same vegeta-tion as the male and remained in good physical con-

dition throughout the dry season. This unusual groupwas seen for a period of six months, after which allthree disappeared (November 2001).

It is unclear what underlying factors were respon-sible for the surge of twins recorded in Tarangire. TheTarangire elephant population has been growing ex-tremely rapidly since 1994, with females and infantsincreasing at an average rate of 10% per annum. Twofactors are probably responsible for this rapid growthspurt: first, the marked reduction in poaching follow-ing the ban on ivory trade in 1989, and second, a pe-riod of several consecutive extremely wet years. Theelephants within Tarangire and the surrounding areassuffered heavy poaching during the 1970s and early1980s (Foley et al. 2001). This caused the elephantgroups to cease their traditional seasonal dispersal toareas outside the park and remain in the park year-round. In apparent response to the poaching, someelephant families formed large herds of 300 or moreanimals that moved as a single unit, presumably as adefense mechanism. When poaching ceased after1989, the majority of the elephant family groups re-sumed their normal movement and aggregation pat-terns. With this release from the human-inducedbehavioural change, most external stressors that hadcontributed to restricting reproduction were removed,and the reproduction rate increased dramatically.

From 1996 to 1998 Tarangire experienced veryheavy rainfall, linked in part to the El Niño phenom-enon. During these three years, an average of 1000mm per year fell, compared with the normal yearlyaverage of 680 mm. The resulting abundant vegeta-tion meant that females maintained excellent bodycondition year-round, and thus the time required toachieve post-partum oestrus was reduced. The aver-age interbirth interval for non-twinning females in1996 was 3.37 S.E. 0.14 (n = 60). This compares withan average interbirth interval of 4.5 years found inthe Amboseli population (Moss 2001). There are nopublished records for interbirth intervals for femaleswith twins, although these would probably be higherthan the average interval for single offspring giventhe increased physiological demands on the mother.Of the seven twinning events, only four have beenfollowed by another birth thus far. The interbirth in-tervals following the twin births were 3, 3, 4 and 6years. While the abundant vegetation may have re-duced interbirth intervals for twin-bearing females,the high incidence of twinning found in this studycould not be attributed solely to rainfall. Four of the

Page 69: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

66 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

seven sets of twins were born before or during1996, before the females were able to take advantageof the good forage conditions.

AcknowledgementsThis work was funded by the Wildlife ConservationSociety, the African Wildlife Foundation, and USAID.I would like to thank the Tanzanian Wildlife ResearchInstitute and the Commission for Science and Tech-nology for permission to conduct research in Tanza-nia, and the Tanzania National Parks for permissionto work in Tarangire National Park. Thanks to DaveBalfour for his comments on the manuscript.

ReferencesAlbl, P. 1971. Studies on assessment of physical condition

in African elephants. Biological Conservation 3:134–140.

Foley, C.A.H., Papageorge, S., and Wasser, S.K. 2001. Non-invasive stress and reproductive measures of social andecological pressures in free-ranging African elephants.Conservation Biology 15:1134–1142.

Laws, R. 1969. Aspects of reproduction in the African ele-phant, Loxodonta africana. Journal of Reproduction andFertility (supplement) 6:193–217.

Lee, P.C., and Moss, C.J. 1986. Early maternal investmentin male and female African elephant calves. BehavioralEcology and Sociobiology 18:353–361.

Moss, C. 2001. The demography of an African elephant(Loxodonta africana) population in Amboseli, Kenya.Journal of Zoology of London 255:145–156.

White, C., and Wyshak, G. 1964. Inheritance in human dizy-gotic twinning. New England Journal of Medicine271:1003.

Page 70: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 67

not possible, the case was tentatively considered aschronic arthritis based on the facts that the conditioninvolved a joint and the joint movements were greatlyaltered.

Both antibiotics and anti-inflammatory drugs areindicated for treatment of foot pathology. Domesticanimals having this type of ailment are usually treatedusing analgesics and anti-inflammatory agents for aconsiderable period, and rested (Fraser 1986). How-ever, this is not possible with free-ranging wildlife.The elephant was treated using a combination of ananti-inflammatory agent (dexamethasone;Dexacotyl,® Coophavet, France) and a long-actingantibiotic (oxytetracycline; Oxyject,® Dopharma,Netherlands). The anti-inflammatory agent in this casewas useful for reducing soft tissue swelling and pro-viding analgesia. It has been shown that in an elephant,lack of mobility has serious consequences not onlyfor the foot but on the animal’s health in general. Thecompression and relaxation of the digital cushionserves an important function in pumping venous bloodfrom the foot on its return to the central nervous sys-tem (Fowler 2001). Early ambulation for this elephantwas therefore important.

An adult bull elephant at Mikumi National Park,Morogoro, Tanzania, was reported to have a swollenleft foreleg, which made it difficult for the animal towalk. The animal was emaciated, it could not feedand drink normally, and it did not put full pressure onthe swollen foreleg when walking. We attempted todetermine the cause of the problem through clinicaland laboratory examinations.

The animal was immobilized using a combinationof 12 mg etorphine and 40 mg azaperone adminis-tered using a Telinject® (USA) dart gun. Detailed clini-cal examination showed a stiff carpal joint that waspermanently contracted. Manual flexing was im-pos-sible. An attempt to aspirate from the joint producedbloody fluids. The left foreleg was grossly enlargedcompared with the right foreleg with the circumfer-ence of the left carpal joint some 18 cm larger thanthe right carpal joint. Haematological values showeda marked leukopaenia (decrease of the total whiteblood cell count) with a relative neutrophilia,lymphopaenia and monocytosis (table 1). This wouldbe consistent with an animal in poor condition suf-fering from nutritional stress with perhaps a severechronic infection. Although definitive diagnosis was

Clinical treatment of a leg problem in an adult bull elephant

D.G. Mpanduji, R.H. Mdegela, E.K. Batamuzi, M.M.A. Mtambo and S.B.P. Bittegeko

Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Sokoine University of Agriculture, Morogoro, Tanzaniaemail: [email protected] or [email protected]

Table 1. Haematological values of an elephant with swollen left foreleg compared with known referencevalues

Parameter Case value Reference valuesa

Total red blood cell count 2.4 x 106 cell/µl 3.77 ± 0.25 x 106 cell/µlTotal white blood cell count 1.95 x 104 cell/µl 11.4 ± 0.98 x 104 cell/µlPacked cell volume 37% —Haemoglobin concentration 7.62 g/dl 7.04 ± 0.44 g/dl

Differential leukocyte count (%)

Neutrophil 33 20.2 ± 0.6Lymphocytes 50 69.1 ± 1.9Monocytes 16 8.2 ± 0.03Eosinophil 1 1.3 ± 0.03Basophil 0 0.1 ± 0.08a After Debbie and Claussen (1975)

Page 71: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

68 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

When using antibiotics on elephants, zoo veterin-arians generally administer either an equine dosageextrapolated by a metabolic or allometric scalingtechnique or a dosage based on pharmacokineticresearch (Mortenson 2001). The doses used in thepresent case were therefore empirically derived frommanufacturer recommendation. A dose of 6 mg/kg(150 ml) of dexamethasone (recommended dosagefor domestic animals ranges from 2 to 10 mg/kg) and8 mg/kg (200 ml) of oxytetracycline (recommendeddosage for domestic animals ranges from 10 to 20mg/kg) was therefore administered. Dexamethasonewas injected intravenously through the ear vein whileoxytetracycline was administered by deep intramus-cular injection below the base of the tail. Ten daysafter treatment, the animal’s gait was reported to haveimproved, and it was foraging and had moved to awaterhole, which it had not been able to do before.We had planned to re-examine the bull’s health statusbut it disappeared and we could not retrace it.

Leg problems are not uncommon in free-rangingelephants (Kenya Wildlife Service, pers. comm.), andwhen they occur they normally bring about death.They can result from being hunted—with bullets,spears and arrows, or snares—or from natural injuriessuch as from thorns. Young elephants appearsusceptible (Richard Kock, pers. comm). As manycases likely go unreported, the incidence of legproblems in free-ranging elephants in Tanzania isunknown, although leg injuries are thought to be one

of the more common causes of death in a population.We therefore recommend that the appropriateauthorities collect data on this aspect of elephanthealth.

AcknowledgementsThe cooperation of Drs Kimera Buzza and Mellau isgreatly appreciated. I also thank Costa, Ndaki, Mdaki,Mwangalimi and Mkuchu for their timely process-ing and analysis of blood samples.

ReferencesDebbie, J.G., and Claussen, B. 1975. Some haematological

values of free-ranging African elephants. Journal of Wild-life Research 11:79.

Fraser, C.M. 1986. Merck veterinary manual: a handbookof diagnostic, therapy and diseases prevention and con-trol for a veterinarian. Rathway, NJ: Merck.

Fowler, M.E. 2001. An overview of foot condition in Asianand African elephants. In: C. Blair, E.L. Sargent and U.S.Bechert, eds., The elephant foot: prevention and care offoot condition in captive Asian and African elephants.Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. p. 3–7.

Mortenson, M. E. 2001. An overview of foot condition inAsian and African elephants. In: C. Blair, E.L. Sargentand U.S. Bechert, eds., The elephant foot: prevention andcare of foot condition in captive Asian and African ele-phants. Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. p. 141–144.

Page 72: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 69

Botswana currently holds Africa’s largest populationof elephants, and the present count of 120,000 (DWNP1999) is increasing at 5% per year. They are mainlyfound in northern Botswana, occupying a range ofapproximately 80,000 km2. A smaller population es-timated at 800 in 1995 occurs in the Tuli Block ineastern Botswana. The total elephant range accountsfor 14% of the country’s surface area, but only 12%of the range is in protected areas.

As a signatory to the Convention on InternationalTrade in Endangered Species (C1TES), Botswana iscommitted to implementing the resolutions and deci-sions that are made by the Parties to the Convention.At the 10th meeting of the Conference of Parties heldin Harare, Zimbabwe, on 9–20 June 1997, Botswana,Namibia and Zimbabwe presented a proposal todownlist their elephant population from Appendix Ito Appendix II, and to undertake a one-off sale fornon-commercial purposes of government ivory stock-piles. The proposals were acceded to on conditionthat these countries would agree to and participate inan international reporting and monitoring system forlegal and illegal international trade through an inter-national database maintained by the CITES Secre-tariat and TRAFFIC International.

Monitoring the Illegal Killing of Elephants (MIKE)is the monitoring system that ClTES uses to assessthe impact of its decisions on illegal hunting of ele-phants in range states. MIKE objectives as stipulatedin Resolution Conf. 10.10 (rev.) are• to measure and record levels and trends of illegal

hunting in elephant range states and in tradeentrepots

• to assess whether and to what extent observed trendsare related to changes in the listing of elephant popu-lations in the CITES Appendices and/or the resump-tion of legal international trade in ivory

• to establish an information base to support themaking of decisions on appropriate management,protection and enforcement needs

• to build capacity of personnel in range states.MIKE officially got under way in Botswana in Sep-

tember 2000. The official MIKE site for Botswana isChobe National Park in the northern part of the coun-try. With an area of 10,566 km2, Chobe National Parkaccounts for about 45% of the district in which it islocated. As more activities related to elephants are out-side the protected areas than within, the Department ofWildlife and National Parks (DWNP) has extended theMIKE activities to other elephant range areas: ChobeEast and West surrounding the park, the Okavango areanorth of the buffalo fence, and the northern Tuli Block.

To collect and record data, four forms are beingused: elephant carcass report, ground patrol report,monthly report and annual report. Maps and reportshave been produced and data compiled only for ChobeNational Park, the official MIKE site. For the otherareas, similar information has been collected from thefield but is yet to be entered into the database.

The annual report for 2000 and reports for Janu-ary to April 2001 have been submitted to the MIKEregional coordinator in Namibia and the CITES Sec-retariat. Reports for May to December 2001 and theannual report for 2001 are in preparation.

Progress in implementation

In accord with MIKE resolutions, Botswana has ap-pointed a MIKE national coordinator, who is basedat DWNP headquarters in Gaborone, and site coordi-nators at Kasane, Mathathane and Maun. Consulta-tion and basic training through workshops have beenextended to other patrolling units that are taking partin MIKE. Two training workshops were conductedfor patrol teams in November 2000 and July 2001.

Patrol teams that come to Chobe District on rota-tion are briefed on MIKE and how to collect and usedata. The briefings are conducted by the Kasane sitecoordinator. To date, the outside patrol teams haveprovided most of the data from the field while littlehas come from DWNP patrol teams, who are short ofstaff and resources. Currently there are 100 staff forthe whole of Botswana and only about 18 are avail-able for patrolling the Chobe District including Chobe

MIKE implementation in Botswana

Thato Barbara Morule

Department of Wildlife and National Parks, Gaborone, Botswanaemail: [email protected]

Page 73: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

70 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

National Park, making a regular monthly patrol ofthe site impossible.

Information on elephant carcasses and patrols con-ducted in Chobe National Park has been presented tothe CITES Secretariat and to the CTIES southernAfrica regional coordinator in Namibia.

Twenty-four carcasses have been reported, 13 re-sulting from natural causes. The department was facedwith poaching problems in April and May 2001 when11 elephants were poached around Nogatshaa area andMaikaelelo Forest Reserve. An aerial patrol and moreintensive ground patrols were conducted in the area.

A CITES MIKE delegation consisting of the newlyappointed director of the MIKE programme (Africa-Asia), the MIKE subregional support officer for south-ern Africa, and four national coordinators fromEritrea, Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda recently visit-ed Botswana to learn how MIKE was being imple-mented in the country.

After their visit the MIKE director made the fol-lowing recommendations for the Botswana group:• Establish and maintain subregional dialogue, to be

handled by the subregional coordinator. Represen-tatives should be selected for a meeting on datamanagement and procedures to be held in 2002.

• Analyse and summarize MIKE data collected byBotswana and use this to develop a system foranalysing the data.

• Establish an 18-month work plan incorporating thefunding applied for from the Botswana WildlifeConservation Trust Fund in conjunction with fundscurrently available for MIKE.

• Identify training needs for Botswana and the south-ern Africa subregion and plan a training schedulefor 2002.

• Link Botswana’s initiative on GIS developmentinto the overall MIKE data management system.

• Find solutions to the human–elephant conflictsalong the borders of Chobe National Park.The director of the MIKE programme, Nigel

Hunter, agreed to initiate a meeting with the CITESSecretariat for the elephant range states in Septem-ber 2002 in preparation for the CITES (COP12) meet-ing in Santiago, Chile in November, but with MIKEprogress as the central theme.

Problems faced implementing MIKEPatrol team forms incomplete. Most of the informa-tion that is missing is because of the need for secu-

rity. Other missing information, such as the coordi-nates and exact locations of the carcasses or patrolroutes, is because of the lack of GPS. The informa-tion is crucial for plotting the patrols and carcass lo-cations.

Shortage of GPS and cybertrackers for recordinggeographical positions of the patrol routes, carcassesand illegal activities. It is important to record theseGPS coordinates as they show the department theareas where more continuous patrolling is needed.Presently, there are only a few GPS in use; most parkstaff do not have the equipment as funds for purchas-ing it are not available.

Lack of training in implementation of MIKE suchas use of GIS ArcView mapping in plotting maps,and analysis of data using a spreadsheet. Staff shouldbe trained in mapping and in using databases to com-pile and analyse the available data. Such trainingwould guide management in assessing the project andenable it to see where more effort is needed. Also it isimportant to give the patrol teams the results of thedata analysis to show them that their efforts are ap-preciated.

Shortage of vehicles for continuous patrol teamsin the field. DWNP patrols lack vehicles to conductpatrols and must depend on vehicles from outside.

Shortage of manpower to conduct MIKE activi-ties. As MIKE is an additional activity for the depart-ment, it was not budgeted for. Staff at Kasane canprovide only three teams for patrolling the whole dis-trict. It is impossible for them to patrol the site areamonthly as they have other areas to cover as well.There is also a shortage of manpower and resourcesto conduct aerial patrols, as emergency issues fre-quently arise that need to be covered urgently.

Data collection problems such as recording teeth,hind foot and shoulder measurements. There are prob-lems in recording the teeth as it takes time for thejaws to rot and loosen so that measurements can betaken. Sometimes the carcass is found at a place sodistant that it is not economical to go back just tomeasure the teeth.

Lack of current updating on MIKE issues and theimplementation programme in other countries andregions.

Lack of feedback from the CITES Secretariat andregional coordinator for southern Africa on reportssubmitted to them. Staff are not sure if they are re-cording what MIKE needs. Since MIKE was imple-mented in Botswana, no feedback has been received

Page 74: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 71

on quality or adequacy of data collection. This hasdiscouraged the patrol units.

Recommendations

The Department has submitted a proposal to the Boardof Wildlife Conservation Trust Fund requesting fundsto purchase equipment needed for the implementa-tion of MIKE and also for• training in basic and advanced Arcview and Ac-

cess in 2002• training in the use of GPS and cybertrackers• standardization and supplemental training of field

staff in 2002• development of practical ways to determine car-

cass age

• setting of guidelines on ivory storage and catalogu-ing

The Department should conduct quarterly aerial pa-trols in addition to the ground patrols in the site area.The aerial patrols should cover remote parts of thepark not accessible by vehicle.

Data collected for the MIKE programme shouldbe at the site and national levels Training in storingdata and improving its analysis needs to be devel-oped at the site area. Implementers will then be ableto appreciate and value their own efforts.

Procedures need to be set up as a general MIKEguideline for testing carcasses for anthrax, using ex-perience from Etosha National Parks, Namibia, aswell as from Botswana.

Page 75: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

72 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

In West Africa, elephant (Loxodonta africana) popu-lations remain vulnerable because they are small andoften isolated.

Once, Ivory Coast was considered the countrywhere elephants were the most abundant in West Af-rica. Today less than 1200 animals are estimated tobe living there. As in all of West Africa, elephantssuffer from the loss of habitatbecause of people’s need forland and the hunting pressurefor trade in ivory and bush-meat.

The Upper Bandama GameReserve, gazetted in 1973, is thelargest game reserve in IvoryCoast.

The reserve, situated in thecentre of the country (between8° 13' and 8° 45' N and 5° 20'and 5° 30' W) (fig. 1), covers1300 km2. Vegetation, of theSudan-Guinean type, is domi-nated by woodland savannahs.It was observed that 60 ele-phants lived in the reserve in the1980s. However, it is highlyunlikely that this number hasremained stable.

During a reconnaissanceflight carried out in 1996 with aCessna 172 along flight lines 2km apart, no elephants wereseen. It cannot be concluded,however, that no elephants werepresent. Between 1995 and1999 several people observedelephants when flying over thearea. But as large forest patchesremain inside the reserve, toothick to allow accurate observa-tion from the air, ground obser-vations are necessary. In the

Elephant status and conservation in the Upper Bandama GameReserve, Ivory Coast

Ph. BouchéMIKE-CITES Subregional Support Officer for West Africac/o UICN BRAO 01BP 1618, Ouagadougou 01, Burkina Faso

1990s, the estimate was that there were 40 elephants.Today the figure of 20 is more realistic. It is possiblethat the elephants moved away from the game reserve,but it is not probable because the increasing amount ofhuman settlement around the reserve make it unlikelythat elephants could find sanctuary outside the reserve.

Hunting pressure is high in Ivory Coast, for both

E

S

N

W

To Korhogo

Tortiya

Tinendien

Zanakaha

SinkanaTo Ferke

Latokana

Pekana

Kafine

Ourereguekana

To Bouaké

Bou River

Legend

Mining

Town

Village

Illegal village

Illegal camp

Illegal human activities

Rivers

Old mine tracks

Roads

Upper Bandama Game Reserve

Niakaramandougou

Figure 1. Map of Upper Bandama Game Reserve and environs.

Page 76: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 73

ivory and meat. Game meat commands a higherprice than does domestic meat. Rural people dependon bushmeat to supply their protein needs, and theyalso use it for medicines. For hunters and their well-organized bushmeat network that supplies town mar-kets, hunting down an animal that weighs more than1500 kg means good revenue, especially with the saleof ivory. Hunting is encouraged by the fact that 12-calibre bullets are freely sold in shops called ‘cartou-cherie’ in each town. Local elephant hunters are ableto kill elephants with home-made guns by loadingthe powder and the lead of several cartridges into oneshot. Military guns are readily available because ofthe war in Liberia.

With increasing human population and the urgefor more land for crops and cattle, elephants are in-creasingly confined to protected areas. However, even

the protected areas are subject to poaching. The lackof logistical supplies and sufficient staff in many pro-tected areas in West Africa prevents adequate con-servation of wildlife in general and of elephants inparticular. The consequence is that two-thirds of theelephants in the Upper Bandama Reserve have beenlost in the last 10 years. Maybe this small populationcan still find some refuge inside the remnant forestpatches of the reserve.

Upper Bandama, the largest game reserve in IvoryCoast, suffers, as do many other reserves in WestAfrica, from the lack of materials, logistical supportand sufficient staff—but also from the lack of landand conservation management.

The situation is not favourable for elephant con-servation in Ivory Coast unless the protected areasare better managed.

The last paragraph under ‘Post-facto stratification’, p. 66–67, should read as follows, with the additions

indicated in bold:

Elephant numbers were derived by using the steady-state assumption model of elephant densities: dung piledensity as given in table 1, dung decay rates from Barnes et al. (1994) and defecation rates from Tchamba (1992).The combined estimate was 27 with 95% confidence limits of ± 20, that is, 27 ± 20. The post-facto stratifi-cation gave an estimate of 21 ± 15. Values were multiplied by the area of each stratum (table 1). Elephantnumbers thus derived were 11 ± 15 in the high-density stratum and 16 ± 16 in the medium-denmsity stratum.

Erratum

Please note the following corrections in the paper in issue 31 ‘Elephant census in the Ankasa ConservationArea in south-western Ghana’, by Emmanuel Danquah, Yaw Boafo, Umaru Farouk Dubiure, Nandjui Awo,Emmanuel M. Héma, Mildred Amofah Appiah. Corrected maps:

Figure 2. AnkasaConservation Areashowing the distributionof transects in the high-and medium-densitystrata.

Figure 4. AnkasaConservation Areashowing the distributionof transects after thepost-facto stratification.

Medium-density stratum 0 5 km

High-density stratum

stratumboundary

0 5 km

Page 77: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

74 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

The fifth meeting of the African Elephant SpecialistGroup took place in Shaba National Reserve in Kenyafrom 28 January to 1 February 2002. The meetingwas attended by 36 out of the current 48 AfESG mem-bers. It was made possible by funding from the Euro-pean Commission, the United States Fish and Wild-life Service and the UK Department for Environment,Food and Rural Affairs.

The tightly packed agenda consisted of technicalpresentations and work sessions on a variety of is-sues relating to African elephant conservation andmanagement. The main themes are summarized here.

Multiple species of African elephant

One of the main topics concerned the conservationand management implications of the fact that the Af-rican elephant appears to be not one but multiple spe-cies. The session began with presentations from threegeneticists who had been invited to present the find-ings of their recent studies on the taxonomic status ofAfrican elephants.

The first presentations were given by Alfred Rocaof the Laboratory of Genomic Diversity of the USNational Cancer Institute and Nicholas Georgiadis ofthe Mpala Research Centre in Kenya. Evidence fromtheir study, recently published in Science, suggeststhat Africa is, and has long been, home to two distinctspecies, one inhabiting rainforests and the othersavannahs. Genetic data leading to these conclusionsare based on single-copy nuclear DNA sequences andcomes from several hundred samples from 20 popula-tions in 10 countries. Additional data based on mater-nally inherited mitochondrial DNA sequences and

nuclear ‘microsatellite’ markers from the same samplesprovide new insights about the history of hybridizationbetween forest and savannah elephants.

Next, Lori Eggert presented as yet unpublishedfindings of another recent study by a team from theUniversity of California at San Diego. In this studymitochondrial cytochrome b and control region se-quences and four microsatellite loci extracted fromdung samples were examined to investigate the ge-netic differences between forest and savannah ele-phants of western and central Africa. The data werecombined with published control region sequencesfrom across Africa to examine continental patterns.The analysis revealed three deeply divergent lineagesthat do not correspond with the currently recognizedtaxonomy: 1) forest elephants of central Africa, 2)forest and savannah elephants of West Africa, and 3)savannah elephants of eastern, southern and centralAfrica.

These presentations were followed by discussionabout the potential conservation and managementimplications of such findings. The group concludedthat although strong evidence exists to support theview that there is more than one species of Africanelephant, taxonomic status remains uncertain. Fur-thermore, some populations of high conservationvalue may consist wholly or partly of interspecifichybrids. Prematurely allocating Africa’s elephants totwo or more species could result in significant popu-lations being left in taxonomic limbo. Therefore,AfESG strongly encouraged further genetic and mor-phological studies to resolve this situation and as-sisted with suggestions for further sampling. Untilthis sampling is done, AfESG will continue to refer

Fifth meeting of the African Elephant Specialist Group

REPORT

Leo Niskanen

Programme Officer, IUCN/SSC African Elephant Specialist Group, PO Box 68200, Nairobi, Kenyaemail: [email protected]

Page 78: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 75

to the single species Loxodonta africana but as faras possible will distinguish between forest (cyclotisform), savannah (africana form) and to a lesser ex-tent West African elephants. AfESG further recom-mended that• nuclear DNA analysis of the existing West Afri-

can samples be carried out• additional genetic samples from a wider range of

sites be collected and analysedConsensus needs to be clear among scientists work-

ing on this issue on the significance of the genetic andmorphological data before taxonomic changes are made.

The AfESG Chair has been mandated to advisethe membership when these conditions have been metand will seek consensus among the membership be-fore implementing the changes in the treatment ofthe genus Loxodonta as agreed by AfESG.

Listing of the African elephant byIUCN Red List Criteria

At the last AfESG meeting in Burkina Faso in 1998,the group agreed to re-examine the continental list-ing of the African elephant as soon as the new listingcriteria, including the proposed regional and nationalcriteria, were finalized.

The Red List criteria are generally poorly designedfor species such as African elephants, which are long-lived and widely distributed and whose status differsacross their range. There has also been much discus-sion about the time scale used for the listing by crite-rion A. To assess a taxon against criterion A, it isnecessary to estimate the overall reduction in the lastthree generations. It has been widely felt that this timescale (approximately 60 years in the case of Africanelephants) is inappropriate as it is based solely on bio-logical considerations and not on other important fac-tors determining the status of the species. Themembers suggested that it might be more realistic tolook at a shorter time scale over which there is moreconfidence about both changes in numbers and thefactors affecting them. In addition, they expressedconcern that some populations of high conservationvalue might end up being classified as interspecifichybrids under the proposed multispecies system, butthe current Red List criteria have no way of dealingwith this issue.

In spite of these reservations, AfESG agreed to be-come the IUCN Listing Authority on the African ele-

phant and to carry out as a necessity the global listingfor Loxodonta africana as it is now described. It wasfurther recommended that separate listings be carriedout for a separation between savannah and forestpopulations in anticipation of further clarification onAfrican elephant taxonomy. Further analysis of WestAfrican savannah and forest populations should alsobe carried out if future studies lend additional sup-port to the theory of a distinct West African species.

A new Red List task force was set up to take thisprocess forward in close collaboration with the IUCNRed List programme. The task force is composed ofDavid Balfour (head), Debbie Gibson and NigelLeader-Williams. It is supported by the data reviewworking group in compiling and considering popula-tion estimates and applying the Red List criteria.

Guidelines for reintroducing Africanelephants

As shown by the many case studies presented at themeeting, elephant translocation is a highly technicaland expensive undertaking. Many animals have beentranslocated in recent years in Africa, often with littletechnical guidance from elephant experts. Over thepast year, in an effort to fill this technical vacuum theAfESG Secretariat has been discussing with the IUCNSSC Reintroduction Specialist Group (RSG) the pos-sibility of producing guidelines for reintroducing Af-rican elephants. A new reintroduction task force (RTF)has now been formally appointed to complete thistask. The RTF will work with the secretariats of thetwo Specialist Groups during the next year to draftthese guidelines. AfESG members Holly Dublin, IanWhyte, Marion Garai, David Balfour and MosesLitoroh will be joined by Richard Kock, the vice-chairman of the IUCN SSC Veterinary SpecialistGroup, as the main technical experts in the new taskforce. Micky Soorae and Leo Niskanen, programmeofficers of RSG and AfESG respectively, will providesupport from the two Specialist Group Secretariats.

During a special working session on this initia-tive, AfESG members provided worthwhile sugges-tions on a number of technical issues to be includedin the guidelines. These recommendations will serveas a useful starting point for the RTF when it holds itsfirst meeting to discuss a detailed work plan. If fund-ing allows, this first meeting should take place be-fore the end of 2002.

Page 79: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

76 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Illegal killing and trade issues

The session on illegal killing and trade began withseveral presentations on the CITES system for Moni-toring of Illegal Killing of Elephants (MIKE). Aftera brief overview by Nigel Hunter, the MIKE direc-tor, John Hart described the results of the central Af-rican MIKE pilot project. This was followed by a pre-sentation by Leonard Mubalama on the developmentof the MIKE pilot phase in the Ituri Forest in theDemocratic Republic of the Congo.

From the pilot project a number of recommenda-tions have emerged. The dung count method for popu-lation estimates has proved viable but calibration withdefecation and decay rates needs further refinement.The use of other population survey methods that areemerging, such as the potential use of infrasound and‘camera trapping’, should also be investigated. Themovement patterns of radio-collared elephants mayhelp to streamline further a stratified approach to workon population surveys. It was also felt that, as andwhere possible, monitoring of human–elephant con-flict should be incorporated into data collection pro-tocols at the MIKE sites. Finally, the pilot experiencehas emphasized the importance of intelligence net-works, and it is recommended that information pro-duced by such networks be incorporated into theoverall analytical framework.

Thato Morule, the MIKE national officer forBotswana, gave an update on MIKE implementationin her country (see field note on p. 69). A MIKE na-tional coordinator is now based in Gaborone and sitecoordinators have been appointed at Kasane,Mathathane and Maun. Consultation and basic train-ing through workshops have been adapted and ex-tended to other patrolling units outside ChobeNational Park, the designated MIKE site forBotswana. To date, the annual report for 2000 andreports for January to April 2001 have been submit-ted to the CITES Secretariat and the regional MIKEcoordinator for southern Africa. The need to have thisinformation analysed was emphasized. Shortage ofpersonnel, vehicles, field equipment such as GPS,cybertrackers and computers were mentioned as someof the problems encountered so far.

An update on the elephant trade information sys-tem (ETIS) was presented by Tom Milliken of TRAF-FIC East and Southern Africa. After a briefexplanation of what ETIS is and how it relates to theMIKE programme, he presented recent figures on il-

legal ivory seized, number of seizures by year andtop countries in terms of seizures. The informationflow of the ETIS system was explained and it wasshown how implementing ETIS at the national leveldepends on teamwork between officials in severalbranches of government and other parties in the re-spective countries. The ETIS reporting mechanismwas also explained along with the output in the formof the reports produced by ETIS. Delays in the sub-mission of information by the authorities responsiblehave presented the system with some problems.

The session finished with a number of reports onillegal killing from specific sites and countries.

Human–elephant conflictRichard Hoare presented the work that the human–elephant conflict task force has done over the pastthree years. He then made a number of presentationson various aspects of human–elephant conflict fromacross the continent, ranging from managing cattlefor elephants in Ghana to the traditional deterrentmethods used to mitigate human–elephant conflictin Kenya and Zimbabwe.

The human–elephant task force was reappointedand more appropriately renamed the human–elephantconflict working group (HECWG). Members for thecurrent triennium are Richard Hoare (chair, Zimba-bwe), Moses Kofi Sam (Ghana), Patrick Omondi(Kenya), Loki Osborn (Zimbabwe) and Cece PapaConde (Guinea Conakry). HECWG will continue tofield-test and improve methods for assessing and al-leviating human–elephant conflict such as the newdecision-support system designed to help plan effec-tive mitigation strategies. Other plans include pro-ducing standardized maps from satellite images ofhuman–elephant conflict zones.

African elephant status report andthe data review working groupAn update on progress towards completing the nextAfrican elephant status report was provided by JulianBlanc, the African elephant database manager.

At the meeting of the data review task force, whichwas held in Kenya from 30 November to 2 Decem-ber 2001, a target date of mid-2003 was set for pub-lishing the next African elephant status report. Thedata review task force also spent considerable timeat the meeting on developing a revised data dissemi

Page 80: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 77

nation policy, which was formally approved by themembers at this meeting.

The membership of the task force, renamed thedata review working group, was also reappointed.Members are Richard Barnes, Colin Craig, Iain Doug-las-Hamilton, Holly Dublin and Chris Thouless. Amember will be appointed to assist with central Afri-can data on status.

National and subregional elephantmanagement strategies

The progress made in the development and imple-mentation of elephant conservation strategies andmanagement plans since the last meeting in 1998 hasbeen truly astounding, particularly in West Africa.

In September 2001, Lamine Sebogo, the AfESGprogramme officer for West Africa, finished his tour ofthe range states in that subregion to introduce the WestAfrican elephant conservation strategy (WAECS) togovernments, NGOs, donor organizations and otherinstitutions involved in elephant conservation and man-agement activities. Subsequently the Convention onMigratory Species adopted this strategy, and the Eco-nomic Community of West African States (ECOWAS)has given the initiative priority.

The promotion of WAECS has stimulated a flurryof activity on a national scale. Ghana is busily imple-menting its national strategy and is looking for addi-tional funds to continue this process in the comingyears. A workshop was held in Burkina Faso in Janu-ary 2002 to discuss the development of a national ele-phant strategy, and similar workshops will be held inthe near future in Benin, Ivory Coast and Togo.

In southern Africa the review and update of theBotswana elephant management plan has been putout for tender by the government of Botswana, and aproposal has been submitted to the United States Fishand Wildlife Service for implementation of the activi-ties. A technical workshop, followed by a participa-tory stakeholder meeting, is now planned to discusskey management issues such as human–elephant con-flict and utilization.

Unfortunately, progress on the development of theCentral Africa elephant conservation strategy (CAES)has been less impressive. The coalition of non-gov-ernmental organizations and national wildlife authori-

ties formed in the year 2000 with the mandate ofmoving the process forward got bogged down andlost direction soon after it was set up. While the po-litical will of the national wildlife authorities remainsstrong, the process needs to be driven by committedpersons, just as it has been in West Africa. AfESGwill assist with this process but it was agreed that themost appropriate role for Elie Hakizumwami, the newAfESG programme officer for Central Africa, is likelyto be to promote the strategy once the subregion isready to take the next steps towards its development.

Technological advances workinggroup

A new technological advances working group wasformed at the request of several members. The newworking group will start by examining the latest de-velopments in the field of GPS radio tracking. Theexpected output is a series of desired specificationsfor these collars. Recommendations from the work-ing group on this and future technological tools willbe made available on the AfESG Web site. The newgroup will be chaired by Loki Osborn. Other mem-bers include Iain Douglas-Hamilton, Mr CharlesFoley, Richard Hoare, Mme Andrea Turkalo and IanWhyte.

New guidelines for dung counts

The development of a ‘how-to’ manual on dung count-ing methods covering such areas as stratification, sam-pling, counting and analysis was suggested. RichardBarnes will be working closely with the MIKEprogramme and the AfESG Secretariat in an effort toseek funding for this initiative.

The meeting, which turned out to be one of the mostproductive and enjoyable African Elephant Special-ist Group meetings to date, was made all the morememorable by a visit on the fourth day to the SamburuNational Reserve. After observing the resident ele-phant herds the members visited the Save the Ele-phants field station where they were introduced tothe ongoing work on GPS tracking by Iain Douglas-Hamilton and the Save the Elephants staff.

Page 81: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

78 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

national laws. However, conventions and laws are notalways easily enforced, and the impact of the poli-cies must be monitored regularly to ensure their ef-fectiveness or to pinpoint possible weaknesses.Esmond Martin and Daniel Stiles set out to providethe baseline data necessary for this assessment. Fol-lowing their previous report, The Ivory Markets ofAfrica (reviewed in Pachyderm no. 29, p. 61), theynow focus their attention on the countries of Southand South East Asia, which have significant numbersof elephants and which sell ivory items. I am pleasedthat previous discrepancies in methods and question-naires have been ironed out, resulting in a uniformand well-reasoned dataset.

From November 2000 to March 2001, the two au-thors individually studied the shops and markets ofCambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nepal, Singapore, SriLanka, Thailand and Vietnam. The result of their in-vestigations is laid down in this handsome book of89 pages, with informative drawings by AndrewKamiti and four pages of colour photographs of ivoryfor sale. Moreover, the book is available from thepublishers without charge except for shipping. Ide-ally, this book should find its way to the desk andlater the shelves of all those who are interested inelephants and their preservation.

A thorough investigation of eight Asian countriesin five months is a daunting task, which the authorshave tackled with their usual resourcefulness and ini

BOOK REVIEW

In a perfect world, we would be able to track downherds of elephants in the wilderness areas of Africaand Asia to study their behaviour, take photographsand enjoy the playfulness of their ‘tiny’ babies. Peoplewould also be able to use domesticated elephants forpeaceful work without doing any harm to the animals.In a perfect world, some of the tusks could be tradedand used by skilful ivory carvers to produce timelesspieces of art to be admired and treasured by rulers,gentry and their subjects alike. Reality mars this pic-ture of relative equilibrium. The immense and end-less herds have gone forever through human greedand encroachment of habitat and they are not likelyto return in their old glory. Fortunately, elephants arestill to be found in their original habitat, maybe half amillion in Africa and 50 thousand in Asia, but thisrepresents such a small fraction of former abundancethat the decline of the past decennia has to be stoppedor reversed. That requires an incredible internationaleffort on all fronts.

The poaching of elephants in their natural habitatis an unquestionable threat. The animals are killedfor their tusks, which are either carved for the localmarket or traded and sold elsewhere, all with largeeconomic returns. The international trade is prohib-ited among countries that have acceded to the Con-vention on International Trade in Endangered Spe-cies of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), while internaltrade and sale are often restricted or forbidden under

The South and South East Asian Ivory Markets

by Esmond Martin and Daniel Stiles

Save the Elephants, PO Box 54667, Nairobi, Kenya, and7 New Square, Lincoln’s Inn, London WC2A 3RA, Englandpublished 2002, ISBN 9966 9683 2 6available from Save the Elephants without charge except for shipping

review by Kees Rookmaaker

Chapelgate, St Neots RoadDry Drayton CB3 8BE, England

Page 82: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 79

tiative. Usual, because especially Esmond (Brad-ley) Martin is no newcomer to this field, having moni-tored and explored the trade of ivory and rhinoceroshorn in many incisive and crucial surveys. We wouldnot have the knowledge about the reasons for the de-cline in elephant numbers without his continuous fo-cus for over 30 years. All the information engenderedby this research is still available as most of it has beenpublished in a wide range of books, reports and pa-pers, the latter mainly in Pachyderm, Swara, Oryx,International Zoo News and BBC Wildlife. The ex-pertise gained over this long period of dedicated re-search is again evident in The South and South EastAsian Ivory Markets. In planning this survey of ivorytrade in Asian countries, the authors used their pastexperience to the full, which helped to make wiseuse of time and public funding.

It is valid to ask why the survey was limited to theeight countries mentioned above. The authors explainat length (p. 9) why India was excluded from their

survey. With the CITES ban on international trade ofivory of 1990 and the total ban on the sale and dis-play of ivory items in India from 1992, ivory itemshave disappeared from view in the shops. A few adhoc observations in the 1990s showed that very fewitems were still available in Delhi and Bombay, whichled the authors to conclude that India is no longer animportant trading place of ivory. I wonder how thesimple imposition of a few laws, even if combinedwith strict enforcement and heavy penalties, can re-sult in such a total reversal of the trade. If shopkeep-ers can make money out of ivory items in Thailand,so can their counterparts in India.

It is a pity that India was not included in this com-prehensive survey, because if the trade has disap-peared, it would have been demonstrated beyond alldoubt and it would have allowed a straightforwardcomparison with the results from other countries. Thereduction or abolition of trade in ivory has been thefocus of major international concern in many places.Possibly the Indian authorities have made the rightpolicies and have achieved what has been a dream inmany other countries. Others could learn from theirexample. Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei, Indonesia,Malaysia, Pakistan and the Philippines were excludedfrom the survey, because previous experience hasshown that the number of ivory items for retail salein these countries is in fact really small.

The practical knowledge of the two authors notonly influenced the choice of countries to be surveyedbut also greatly helped to limit the research to thosetowns and villages where there is a substantial carv-ing industry or a lively market in ivory items. Forinstance, in Thailand one of the authors visitedBangkok, Chiang Mai and Phayuha Kiri, evidentlybecause these are the main ivory centres of Thailand.I wouldn’t know if the choices were correct and valid,but one may imagine that they are the best possiblewithin the normal restraints of travel and limited fund-ing. It is quite likely, therefore, that they selected thebest places to be surveyed in order to gain insightinto the current status of the trade and to provide thebaseline data that are needed to shape future policy.

The detail of the observations and the accuracy ofthe statistics in this book is astounding. I can bestillustrate this by picking one example. Martin was inBangkok for 14 days from the end of February to themiddle of March 2001. It is a city of 7.2 million in-habitants, which in 2000 had a large share ofThailand’s 9.5 million foreign tourists. Obviously, the

This elephant in Angkor Wat, Cambodia, has had itstusks cut off—in the region, a popular way ofobtaining ivory to carve.

Page 83: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

80 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Martin and Stiles achieved their primary objectiveby creating a database with details of the present stateof the ivory trade in the major markets of the South andSouth East Asian countries. Within the multitude of fig-ures and trends and statistics, it would be easy to losesight of the larger picture. The authors carefully andconfidently guide us through this forest. The Discus-sion and Conclusion at the end, together with the Ex-ecutive Summary at the beginning, are required read-ing and especially useful for those who may not havetime to study the details contained in the body of thetext. They can read this knowing that the conclusionsare based on careful investigation.

This report should be read by those interested in ele-phants, in nature conservation, in trade in wildlife prod-ucts, and by everybody intending to attend the forth-coming CITES meeting [November 2002, Santiago,Chile], where once again, almost inevitably, the sale ofivory will be discussed. The outcome of the debate isimportant to many Parties. For all those concerned withivory trade, the baseline data are now available in thiscarefully written and well-produced text.

number of small craft shops ca-tering for this tourist market is al-most impossible to count. Deter-mined to get the correct data, Mar-tin did his work and came up withincredibly detailed statistics. Hefound 164 shops selling ivoryitems, both antiques and newitems. In total, they sold 38,510objects. We gain an idea what theseobjects were, that is, 85% consistedof jewellery items like bangles,earrings, necklaces, pendants andrings; next were numbers of chop-sticks, cigarette holders, ear picksand name seals. We also learn whatthey would cost, how old theycould be and where they werecarved. The statistics for the othertowns in Thailand and for the othercountries covered by the survey areequally detailed and carefully presented, both in tablesand in the text. A few inconsistencies in the numberswere seen and the presentation of the same facts inboth text and tables would not always have been nec-essary. Fortunately, these minor shortcomings do notdetract from the usefulness of the book for both thedetails and the greater picture.

The summary shows that Thailand is by far the larg-est consumer of ivory items, selling 83.9% of the105,081 items found across the region. The authorsdiscuss the meaning of their observations and the trendsin great detail. It is important to discover who buys theivory, because there will always be a supply when thedemand is lucrative enough. The authors found thatthe main buyers are tourists and businessmen fromEurope (France, Germany, Italy), Japan, Taiwan, Thai-land, Singapore and the United States, in order of im-portance. This shows that better enforcement of the lawsin these importing countries combined with continuededucation can still have great impact on the survival ofthe elephant. It also shows the importance of regularstandardized surveys across many countries to under-stand the trends and the trade routes.

In Myanmar these days ivory craftsmen are encouraging a movementtowards a Burmese national style of ivory sculpture.

Page 84: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 81

Background

On 28 April 2001, seven men were arrested in a trapwhile trafficking in two white rhino horns at Lavumisaand Ndzevane in the Lubombo region of Swaziland.The seven comprised a Mozambican, a South Afri-can and five Swazi nationals. One of the Swazis wasmade an accomplice witness.

Notable among the arrests was Peter McIntyre, aSouth African businessman who had served as a po-liceman for 15 years and was an experienced Bantuadministration commissioner (a type of magistrate).McIntyre owns properties on both sides of theLavumisa border post between Swaziland and theRepublic of South Africa (RSA), including houses, ahotel, a bottle store, a garage and a fast food outlet.McIntyre was well known to the border post officialsas he regularly travelled between Swaziland and SouthAfrica.

Significantly, McIntyre was represented in courtby defence lawyer Louis Benn, who himself had beenarrested in South Africa for illegal possession of arhino horn by the Endangered Species Protection Unitof the South African police and had paid 5000 SouthAfrican rand (approximately USD 500) to WWF inan out-of-court plea bargain with the attorney gen-eral.

All six accused pleaded not guilty to the chargesof 1) possession of two white rhino horns and 2) traf-ficking in two white rhino horns. As rhino horns arecategorized trophies of Specially Protected Game,they were charged under Sections 8(1) and 8(3) of

NOTES FROM THE AFRICAN RHINOSPECIALIST GROUP

The Crown vs. Peter McIntyre and five otherswith particular reference to the species argument and the importanceof preventive rather than remedial legislation

Mickey Reilly

Swaziland Big Game Parks

the Game Act, which prescribes minimum manda-tory imprisonment terms of five years for possessionand seven years for trafficking, without the option ofa fine. Furthermore, Section 8 of the Game Act, to-gether with rape, murder, armed robbery, vehicle theftand certain other serious crimes, falls under the Non-Bailable Offences Order, and the accused were thusrefused bail until their trial was completed. Addition-ally, the court does not have the discretion to suspendany part of the sentence.

The case was heard by the chief justice in the HighCourt of Swaziland. Four Big Game Parks rangers,four police officers and three expert witnesses fromRSA gave evidence.

Species argument

The defence tried a variety of arguments, the mostsignificant—and likely to be damaging to the pros-ecution—being the species argument.

Defence counsel initially argued that as the GameAct defined ‘animal’ as ‘any vertebrate animal indi-genous to Swaziland’ the possibility existed that thehorns before court could have originated from a whiterhino beyond the boundaries of Swaziland; that theindividual animal (specimen) itself would then nothave been indigenous to Swaziland; and therefore theaccused had no case to answer. This was a ludicrousargument and it was soon modified when defencelearned of the existence of the northern white rhino(C. s. cottoni). They then argued that the possibilityexisted that the horns before the court were from a

Page 85: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

82 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

northern white rhino and as this subspecies existedonly in the Democratic Republic of Congo, it wasnot indigenous to Swaziland, and therefore if thispossibility reasonably existed, the accused could notbe found guilty on the grounds of reasonable doubt.

The Crown’s response was formed around the fol-lowing points:

The Game Act is specific in that it lists under Spe-cially Protected Game in the First Schedule:• rhinoceros—all species• white rhinoceros—Ceratotherium simum• black rhinoceros—Diceros bicornisas well as other animals including elephant and lion.

In listing ‘rhinoceros—all species’ the intention ofthe legislation is abundantly clear, especially in viewof the fact that this was introduced as an amendmentto the Game Act in 1993, after a defence lawyer in aprevious rhino horn case had ‘invented’ a ‘brownrhino’ and had thus created ‘reasonable doubt’ thatthe horn before the court was that of a white rhino. Inthat case, the accused (a bishop of the Zionist Churchof Swaziland, Reverend Zitha) was acquitted, in spiteof the Crown arguing that no such thing as a brownrhino existed.

In addition to the ‘rhinoceros—all species’ posi-tion, the act lists rhinoceros by genus and species.Rhino subspecies are not listed. The Crown thus ar-gued that protection was offered to C. simum as aspecies, which automatically covered subspecies C.s. simum and C. s. cottoni, and thus the defence argu-ment was flawed. Contention around this argumentremained around the use of the word ‘indigenous’.

Dr Richard Emslie, the scientific officer of IUCNSSC’s African Rhino Specialist Group, gave evidenceon this issue as an expert witness. He confirmed theCrown’s arguments and went further to point out thatinternational conventions such as CITES ResolutionConf. 9.14 (revised) deal with rhino protection at thetaxon level, not at the genus or species level. He ex-plained that reducing illegal trade in rhino horn wasa problem of global concern as spelt out in the CITESresolution.

Dr Emslie used Bayesian statistics to establish thatthe probability of horns recovered in Swaziland be-ing those of a northern white rhino was so small thatthe horns were almost certainly those of a southernwhite rhino. Dr Emslie also mentioned that trade ex-perts Dr Esmond Bradley Martin and TRAFFIC’sSimon Milledge had indicated to him that the knowntrade routes for northern white rhino horn did not in-

clude Swaziland. This evidence served to establishthe overwhelming probability of the horns beforecourt being those of a southern white rhino, in theevent that the species argument was upheld by thechief justice in favour of the defence counsel.

The weight of evidence given by the Crown wit-nesses was consistent and impressive against all accusedpersons. Before the close of the Crown’s case, the chiefjustice made a ruling that the defence’s species argu-ment was flawed in view of the fact that the Scheduleof the Game Act listed ‘rhinoceros—all species’ andthus the issue of subspecies was irrelevant.

At the close of the Crown’s case, three of the ac-cused were acquitted on the grounds that the Crownhad not proved its case against them beyond reason-able doubt. The remaining three accused were put totheir defence and gave versions of the events, whichwere flawed. During submissions, the defence ap-pealed to the judge to revisit the species argumentand reconsider the ruling that had been made earlierin the case.

JudgementEffective legislation

This case has highlighted the most important aspect ofno-nonsense legislation that is designed to be preven-tive rather than curative. As long as it is implementedas intended, it will serve to deter any potential poach-ing and trafficking. It is better to make an example of afew people, thereby creating awareness and preventingthe extinction of a species, than to have a lot of peoplein and out of jail and not achieve the objective of stop-ping a species from becoming extinct.

The significance of the chief justice’s ruling onthe species argument is notable in that had thedefence’s argument been upheld, then this case heardby the chief justice of Swaziland would have servedas an authority in all countries practising similar lawand would in most cases have meant that those coun-tries would have had to amend their laws pre-emptively in order to avoid manipulation of techni-calities in favour of the quest for the truth and what isright. Invariably most countries would have been slowto amend their laws—if they had even become awareof such a precedent—and a large, serious loopholewould have existed in the efforts for effective controlof rhino poaching and trafficking.

Acknowledgements

Big Game Parks, Kingdom of Swaziland, would liketo especially acknowledge the support and assistanceof the Directorate of Public Prosecutions, Ministryof Justice, Swaziland; Mr Rod Potter, Ezemvelo-

Page 86: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 83

Effective legislation

This case has highlighted the most important aspect ofno-nonsense legislation that is designed to be preven-tive rather than curative. As long as it is implementedas intended, it will serve to deter any potential poach-ing and trafficking. It is better to make an example of afew people, thereby creating awareness and prevent-ing the extinction of a species, than to have a lot ofpeople in and out of jail and not achieve the objectiveof stopping a species from becoming extinct.

The significance of the chief justice’s ruling onthe species argument is notable in that had thedefence’s argument been upheld, then this case heardby the chief justice of Swaziland would have servedas an authority in all countries practising similar lawand would in most cases have meant that those coun-tries would have had to amend their laws pre-emptively in order to avoid manipulation of techni-calities in favour of the quest for the truth and whatis right. Invariably most countries would have beenslow to amend their laws—if they had even becomeaware of such a precedent—and a large, serious loop-

hole would have existed in the efforts for effectivecontrol of rhino poaching and trafficking.

Acknowledgements

Big Game Parks, Kingdom of Swaziland, would liketo especially acknowledge the support and assistanceof the Directorate of Public Prosecutions, Ministryof Justice, Swaziland; Mr Rod Potter, Ezemvelo-KZN-Wildlife, South Africa; Dr Richard Emslie,IUCN SSC AfRSG, South Africa; Mr Mario Scholtz,South African National Parks, South Africa (ex En-dangered Species Protection Unit of the South Afri-can Police Service); and Advocate Gert Nel, NationalProsecuting Authority of South Africa. Dr EsmondBradley Martin, Nairobi, Kenya; Mr Simon Milledge,TRAFFIC, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; and Dr KesHillman Smith, Nairobi, are thanked for comment-ing on the likelihood of northern white rhino traderoutes including Swaziland. Dr Kees Rookmaaker ofEngland is also thanked for providing information andreferences concerning the historical distribution of thesouthern white rhino.

Zimbabwe’s white rhino (Ceratotherium simum)population was gradually re-established through trans-locations from South Africa after this species had beeneradicated in Zimbabwe during the colonial era.Translocations included a number of white rhinos thatwere purchased and imported by wildlife ranchers atconsiderable expense to themselves. White rhinoshave been under sound management in South Africaand have been steadily increasing to a present conti-nental total of about 10,500, while the continental totalof black rhinos (Diceros bicornis) in Africa has de-clined drastically, bottoming out at only 2450 by theearly 1990s. Continentally, black rhino numbers haveincreased slightly since 1995, reaching 2700 by 1999.The Zimbabwean focus of international conservationconcern, therefore, has been the country’s black rhino

Black rhino crisis in Zimbabwe

Raoul du Toit

World Wide Fund for Nature, Southern Africa Regional Programme OfficePO Box CY 1409, Causeway, Harareemail: [email protected]

population. During the early 1980s, the Zambezi Val-ley within Zimbabwe held the largest remaining blackrhino population in Africa (over 1000), but cross-bor-der poaching by Zambian poachers began to cut downthis population drastically in the late 1980s, and anurgent conservation strategy was implemented, withconsiderable international interest and support.

This national strategy for black rhino conserva-tion was based upon the following two main rhinobreeding initiatives.• Intensive Protection Zones (IPZs) were set up in

stateland areas, to concentrate available govern-ment anti-poaching resources on the few relativelyhigh-density rhino populations that survived thewaves of poaching in the late 1980s and early1990s. These four IPZs received significant donor

Page 87: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

84 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

support; thus the more effective patrolling that wasachieved within them combined with an extensivedehorning campaign stemmed the poaching by1995.

• A rhino ‘custodianship scheme’ was established,whereby about 190 black rhinos were captured inthe heavily poached areas of the Zambezi Valleyand were moved to private ranches, still remain-ing under state ownership but with the burden oftheir protection spread to the private sector. Notall these custodianship projects were successful:several suffered from poaching and from problemswith their habitat. In recognition of the need toprovide more space and better coordination of theiranti-poaching efforts, landowners in several areascombined their properties into large conservancieswithin which viable rhino populations were con-solidated. By 2000, the black rhino populations thathad been introduced in several of these conservan-cies in Zimbabwe’s lowveld region had doubledafter achieving some of the fastest growth ratesever recorded for rhino populations.The successful rebuilding of Zimbabwe’s black

rhino population from a low point, after the heavypoaching, of about 370 in 1993 to a current level ofabout 440, along with the establishment of innova-tive conservancy projects earned Zimbabwe consid-erable acclaim within the international conservationcommunity. Almost 75% of Zimbabwe’s black rhi-nos are on commercial farms and conservancies. Ofthe national total of about 200 white rhinos, approxi-mately half are on private land.

Since early 2000, the rhino custodianship schemehas been greatly undermined by the large-scale inva-sion of subsistence farmers into areas of commercialranching land throughout Zimbabwe. Peasant subsis-tence farming and rhino conservation are mutuallyexclusive activities. Hence the invasions into at leasta third of the total area of the rhino custodianshipareas in southern Zimbabwe, containing about 230black rhinos, have displaced significant numbers ofthese rhinos out of their home ranges. The displace-ment has provoked fighting between the animals, lead-ing to many injuries and the death of at least two.Habitats are being cleared for patchy settlement, andthe extensive bush fires that have been set in this pro-cess have swept through conservancies, killing at leastone black rhino calf.

The perimeter game fencing around conservancieshas been torn down and the wire has been used to

manufacture thousands of snares. These have beenset mainly to kill antelopes for bushmeat, the offtakeof which has now reached commercial proportionsand has annihilated wildlife populations in many ofthe invaded areas. Several wild dogs have also diedin the snares. Thus far, there is no evidence that snaresare being set deliberately to catch rhinos, but a num-ber of black rhinos have been trapped through indis-criminate snaring; over the past two years, at least 4have died because of snaring, and a further 13 haverequired drug darting to treat snare wounds, most ofwhich have been serious.

Horns have been stolen from at least two of therhinos that are known to have died. Rhino monitor-ing by conservancy scouts has been disrupted, andinvaders have severely assaulted several scouts. Theinternational press recently publicized the aggressiveinvasion by ‘war veterans’ of Gourlays Ranch, whichcontains at least 30 black rhinos. The ‘war veterans’have declared ‘no-go zones’ within larger conservan-cies such as Save Valley and Bubiana. This ongoingdisruption of rhino monitoring means that not all therhino snaring cases will have been detected. Whenpoachers are arrested, they are generally given veryminor or suspended sentences by magistrates who ig-nore the risk to rhinos and other endangered speciesthat arises from the indiscriminate setting of wire snares.

Apart from the problems of law enforcement, rhinoprotection is increasingly compromised because ofeconomic problems. The government provides no fi-nancial support for rhino monitoring or anti-poach-ing activities on private land, and the drastic declinein tourism in Zimbabwe is eroding the financial abil-ity of private custodians to provide effective protec-tion for the animals in their care. The establishmentof conservancies was a holistic initiative that recog-nized the importance of developing community out-reach programmes. However, the current loss of eco-nomic viability and the political friction that has beenengendered are severely undermining some long-standing attempts to create mutually beneficial eco-nomic links between conservancies and theirneighbouring communities. Proposals for resource-sharing projects involving viable community-basedwildlife ventures linked to commercial wildlife op-erations have been suggested by three key rhino con-servancies—Save Valley, Bubiana and ChiredziRiver—as an alternative to dryland subsistence agri-culture. But they have to await political endorsementand donor support before they can be implemented.

Page 88: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 85

Concurrently, concerns have arisen over rhino pro-tection in Zimbabwe’s stateland areas. Monitoringsystems within the Intensive Protection Zones havebecome less effective because of declining govern-ment expenditure, loss of expertise, reduced touristoperations, waning donor interest, weakened coordi-nation among stakeholders, and so on. The fact thatthese areas may no longer be considered intensivelyprotected was driven home when poachers entered anational park base at Matusadona IPZ (Lake Kariba)on 28 March 2002 and used an agricultural carbam-ate pesticide to poison two semi-tame rhinos in pens.They succeeded in killing one, then removed its horns,stole fuel and escaped undetected.

Recent press statements have suggested that some50 rhinos, black and white, have been poached duringthe land invasions. As detailed above, the known losses(as of early May 2002) are considerably fewer than thisfigure and do not include any white rhinos, but theredefinitely must be rhino snaring cases that have not yetbeen detected. Although the press coverage may besomewhat alarmist, it is clear that the snaring problemis worsening. Zimbabwe’s collapsing economy, foodshortages associated with the current drought and de-cline of commercial agriculture, political violence, law-lessness and unemployment, particularly in rural areasas farm labourers lose their jobs, are all factors that ob-viously create the socio-economic environment for in-creased snaring and a potential flare-up of rhino poach-ing on an organized, commercial basis.

Because this rhino crisis is intertwined with theoverall political difficulties that currently afflict Zim-babwe, the opportunities for intervention by local andinternational conservation agencies are very limited.The Zimbabwean minister of Environment and Tour-ism is receptive to the strong expressions of interna-tional concern that he regularly receives and has pub-licly expressed his own concern. But his ministry hasthus far been unable to implement or influence anysignificant measures to reduce the level of poachingand habitat loss. WWF has been able to provide pro-fessional assistance and funding support for emer-gency veterinary responses when rhino snaring casesare detected, but this measure simply deals with thesymptoms of the problem rather than its causes.

One step towards addressing underlying causesrather than symptoms is for conservation agencies tosupport options for communities to become involvedin sound business ventures based upon the wildlifepotential of the conservancies. Definite prospects existfor wildlife-based land reform in lowveld conservan-cies, but these options are being foreclosed by thecurrent pattern of ‘fast-track’ dryland agricultural re-settlement. Development of more sustainable wild-life opportunities entails ongoing technical assistanceand must be backed up by significant outside fund-ing. But these possibilities are stalled until officialpolicies on wildlife-based land reform and on the roleof conservancies become sufficiently clear and con-ducive.

The illegal trade in rhino horn in the 1970s and 1980sthat reduced the world’s black rhino population tofewer than 2500 by the early 1990s remains a seriouspotential threat. This threat is especially ominous inKenya, where in the last quarter of 2001, six blackrhinos (about 10% of the estimated population) inTsavo East National Park were slaughtered by poach-ers for their horns.

The Tsavo East free-release rhino population wasestablished in July 1993, after the rhino population

there had been virtually wiped out, when four rhinoswere translocated from Nairobi National Park and fiverangers and an officer were assigned to this new rhinounit. The objective of the free-release programme wasto introduce black rhinos through experimental re-lease followed by intensive monitoring of their move-ments and behaviour. The experiment was to test thefeasibility of establishing large numbers of rhinos(> 20) without the need for electric fencing. Morerhinos were moved in and by the end of 1994, 20

Renewed threat to Kenya’s rhino conservation efforts

Martin Mulama

Rhino Programme Coordinator, Kenya Wildlife ServicePO Box 40241, Nairobi, Kenyaemail: [email protected]

Page 89: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

86 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

rhinos had been translocated in. The ranger force re-mained the same, only that there were between fourand five additional rangers on attachment from othersections of the park. The rhinos were well monitored,with signals being picked up from 12 out of 19 trans-mitters, despite tracking from the air having lapsedbetween August and October 1994.

Although KWS went, to some extent, against rec-ommended practice by free-releasing rhinos in sucha huge area, it was believed that the rhinos would notwidely disperse and the intent was to set up an IPZ.At the time, many argued that the rhinos were prob-ably more vulnerable in the free-release area than insanctuaries. But rhinos from other sanctuaries wereperforming well, especially in Nairobi National Park,and their surplus had to be put somewhere. Tsavo Eastwas selected.

The effort to restock the free-release area was acostly investment, with 48 rhinos having been intro-duced by the end of 1999.

The population had settled well and adapted to newareas; 11 births and 4 deaths were recorded, the deathsunrelated to poaching. According to records since the

free-release area was established, the population inNovember 2001 was estimated to be 53.

As is the case with most government institutions,resources for effective monitoring of endangered spe-cies have been dwindling. The aerial coverage inTsavo East had become irregular, and the pressure onthe monitoring staff continued with the expandingrange of the free-ranging rhinos. The number of rhinomonitoring staff fluctuated within the year, recordingan annual average of 8 men between 1993 and 2001with a peak of 10 men in 1996, including those onattachment, despite the fact that the rhino numberswere increasing. As part of regular monitoring, a cen-sus was done in October 2001 in which 47% of theestimated rhinos were physically seen, and much freshrhino spoor and other signs were also recorded. Norhino carcasses were recorded during this census, al-though five relatively fresh elephant carcasses wereseen.

The rhino monitoring team and the entire KenyaWildlife Service (KWS) security network were putto test when four rhinos (three adults: one male, onefemale, one unknown; and a calf) were poached be-

Mariah and her calf: victims of the November 2001 poaching in Tsavo East. KWS rangers are seen in thebackground.

Page 90: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 87

tween 24 and 29 November 2001. When the car-casses were found, the horns had been taken. Secu-rity was immediately intensified in the rhino rangeand in Tsavo East National Park as a whole. In earlyDecember 2001, the KWS intelligence team arrestedone person in possession of three fresh-looking rhinohorns in a Mombasa Hotel, presumably where he wasarranging to sell the horns. His arrest led to that ofanother person in whose house the horns had beenhidden. The coastal town of Mombasa is believed tobe a major outlet for illegal trade in wildlife prod-ucts.

The poachers appear to be well organized. In Janu-ary 2002 poachers killed another two rhinos whosehorns have not been recovered. This did not demor-alize the determined KWS rangers. In mid-February,

they killed one poacher, arrested a second, and re-covered a pair of rhino horns plus firearms and am-munition. Security has been tightened in all the rhinosanctuaries, and KWS is taking all necessary mea-sures to prevent further poaching of rhinos. The searchfor the poachers, suspected to be of Somali originand using G3 firearms, continues.

The Tsavo East incident is the first case of rhinopoaching in a national park in over eight years, al-though two rhino mortalities caused by poaching wererecorded in 2000: one in Lelata/Naikara near MasaiMara National Reserve and the other in the Kitchicharea, between Maralal town and Samburu NationalReserve in northern Kenya. Community scouts moni-tor these rhino populations and managed to recoverthe horns.

During the 1980s and early 1990s the first and sub-stantial reintroduced population of white rhinos inBotswana (95 animals moved from Natal Parks Boardfrom 1967 to 1980) was affected by poaching to suchan extent that rhinos nearly became extinct in thecountry for a second time. Against a background ofincreased cross-border poaching, the Department ofWildlife and National Parks decided to translocateall the remaining rhinos into a secure sanctuary. Be-tween 1994 and 1996 seven rhinos were captured atChobe National Park and Moremi Game Reserve andtranslocated to Khama Rhino Sanctuary near Serowe.Reinforced by further animals moved from SouthAfrica, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary population hasincreased to 18 animals. Two other nature reservesstocked with rhinos have since been established inthe south-east and west of the country. In the last yearthere have been reports of one or two white rhinosmoving over large areas in the north-east of Botswana,remnants from the original reintroduction of the1970s.

In collaboration with a private concessionaire, theDepartment of Wildlife and National Parks has nowreintroduced white rhinos to Moremi Game Reserve.

To date five rhinos have been successfully reintro-duced. Three were purchased by the concessionairefrom Mokolodi Nature Reserve, and a lonely singlebull was relocated from Gaborone Game Reserve. Thefifth animal was an isolated rhino captured fromChobe National Park and relocated in Moremi GameReserve. The rhinos have adapted well to their newenvironment and have established territories. Cur-rently the Department of Wildlife and National Parksis expecting 31 more white rhinos (19 females and12 males) to be introduced into Moremi Game Re-serve as part of an agreement to exchange roan ante-lope for white rhinos from South Africa NationalParks. The addition of this second group of rhinosinto Moremi Game Reserve will form a viable breed-ing population in the area, which has very good ex-pansion potential for developing a large wild popula-tion. A critical area of concern to the Department ofWildlife and National Parks is the security of thesereintroduced rhinos. Measures have been taken toensure their safety: the rhinos are being accordedmaximum protection through high-intensity groundmonitoring and surveillance, in addition to daily rou-tine water-borne and aerial patrols.

Reintroduction of white rhinos to the Moremi Game Reserve

Moremi Tjibae

Department of Wildlife and National ParksBox 131, Gaborone, Botswana

Page 91: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

88 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

A rapid census1 to ascertain the numbers and distri-bution of rhinos in Tsavo East and Tsavo West Na-tional Parks in Kenya was conducted between 26 Sep-tember and 22 October 2001.

Tsavo East

The rhino population in Tsavo East was free-releasedand currently is estimated to range over about 4000 km2

of the park, making conventional monthly sighting ofindividual rhinos demanding. Based on the recordsavailable such as the number of known introductionsand the recorded births and deaths since the populationwas established, the Tsavo East population had likelyincreased to 53 rhinos by September 2001. Six rhinosfrom this population were, however, lost through poach-ing between 24 November 2001 and 30 January 2002.

Ngulia Rhino Sanctuary (Tsavo West)

The black rhino population in Tsavo West is confinedto the 65-km2 Ngulia Rhino Sanctuary within the park.The population in the sanctuary is now thought to be53, based on known introductions, removals, births anddeaths since the sanctuary was established. Annual nightwaterhole counts have been done since 1992. Usuallythese counts are done for three consecutive nights dur-ing each full-moon period, about three or four timesbetween July and October. The waterhole counts haveprovided much valuable data on individuals and popu-lation growth over the years (table 1).

Carrying out the census

Both aerial and ground census techniques were used.The census was planned to coincide with the regularwaterhole counts, which were therefore a third cen-sus technique in Ngulia. Both Tsavo East and NguliaSanctuary were divided into counting blocks. Two-

Tsavo East and Ngulia rhino populations counted

Martin Mulama1 and Benson Okita2

Kenya Wildlife Service, Rhino Programme; PO Box 40241, Nairobi, Kenya1 Programme Coordinator, email: [email protected] Programme Scientist, email: [email protected]

Table 1. Waterhole count and estimated total numbersof rhinos in Ngulia Rhino Sanctuary, 1992–2001

Year Counted Estimated

1992 11 171993 22 231994 25 261995 27 271996 32 341997 36 391998 39 411999 38 462000 47 482001 51 53

1 Census, used here in its wider meaning, is synonymous with acount or survey of a population.

hour flights per day were carried out systematicallyfrom a fixed-wing aircraft. It took seven days to coverall the blocks by air in Tsavo East and one day tocover Ngulia; thus 14 hours were flown in Tsavo Eastand 2 hours in Ngulia, giving a search effort of 285.7km2/hr in Tsavo East and 32.5 km2/hr in Ngulia. Thecoverage in Ngulia was therefore almost nine timesmore intensive than that in Tsavo East.

Ground census was done mainly by foot patrolswith vehicles used only to carry the patrol teams tostarting points at the beginning of the census and,when necessary, to collect them at end points. It took31 men, divided into six patrol teams, 10 days to coverTsavo East, and 20 men, in five patrol teams, 2 daysto cover Ngulia. This translates to a search effort of100 km2 per patrol day in Tsavo East compared with6.5 km2 per patrol day in Ngulia, indicating a level ofsearch 13.4 times higher in Ngulia. The area coveredper man-day was 12.90 km2 in Tsavo East and 1.08km2 in Ngulia, again with a search intensity in Ngulia11.9 times that in Tsavo East. Throughout the census,the search effort expended per unit area in Ngulia wassubstantially higher than that put into the much largerarea of Tsavo East. This further highlights the diffi-culty of monitoring Tsavo East, as mentioned above.

Page 92: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 89

A general foot patrol was conducted without track-ing spoor of individual rhinos. Night census usingimage intensifiers was conducted simultaneously fromthree fixed points (waterholes) for two consecutivefull-moon nights in Ngulia. In this case, two addi-tional night counts had been done as usual by theNgulia staff in July and August. When the rest of thecensus team arrived, the Ngulia staff had already doneone night of the September–October count. Thus therest of the census team participated only in the re-maining two nights of the count.

In Tsavo East, 25 rhinos were sighted and in Ngulia,20 were counted. However, the two night counts donein Ngulia recorded 48 rhinos, almost two and a halftimes the number seen in the aerial and ground counts.The night waterhole count produced a number thatwas close to the expected population size. This meansthat a higher proportion of the population can be seenfrom the waterhole counts than by the ground or aerialsurveys. But it should be noted that daytime groundsighting data if routinely collected over an extendedperiod and analysed using mark-recapture statisticscan be used to produce reasonably accurate popula-tion estimates (better than minimums seen) providedthere are enough sightings.

Aerial counts of black rhinos are known to pro-duce highly variable and significant undercounts oftrue population size. The minimum numbers seen onthese aerial counts are therefore likely to be grossunderestimates of true numbers, and in part reflectthe search effort put in.

Although the distribution maps are still being pro-cessed at the Kenya Wildlife Service GIS section, rhi-nos in Tsavo East were observed to range the entirearea south of the Galana River that is part of the YattaPlateau.

One rhino carcass (the only known death in 2000),which had been reported, was picked up in the Nguliacount; five elephant carcasses were recorded in the Tsavo

Table 2. Rhino numbers seen and estimated incounts in Tsavo East and Ngulia, 26 September–22 October 2002

Type of count Tsavo East Ngulia

Aerial count 21 16Ground count 4 4 (by foot and vehicle)Night census not done 48 (at waterhole)Rhino signs < 48 hr old 109 not

recordedEstimated 53 53

East counts and their GPS (global position system) lo-cations recorded. No new rhino carcasses were sightedeven after a thorough foot patrol in areas of high rhinodensity. Although only 25 rhinos were sighted in TsavoEast, numerous fresh signs distributed south of theGalana River indicated the presence of many more.However, while we could be confident that there werearound 53 rhino in Ngulia, the exact number of rhinosin Tsavo East remains much more uncertain. More workis therefore required to produce improved populationestimates for this park. However, the census did pro-vide valuable information about the extent of the distri-bution of the Tsavo East population. Other animal spe-cies of interest counted in Ngulia Sanctuary includedelephants (161), giraffes (32) and lesser kudus (11).

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank the personnel from both TsavoEast and West Rhino Units, the Wildlife ProtectionUnit and KWS Headquarters (GIS and EcologicalMonitoring Unit) for their participation. Commentsfrom Dr Richard Emslie on the first draft of this noteare greatly appreciated. Lastly we would like to thankthe African Wildlife Foundation and Save the RhinoInternational for their financial support in carryingout this census.

The SADC Rhino Programme has continued to sup-port rhino conservation projects for black and white

SADC regional programme for rhino conservation—update

Rob Brett

IUCN Regional Office for Southern Africa; PO Box 745, Harare, Zimbabwe; tel: +263 4 728266fax: +263 4 720728email: [email protected]

rhinos (Diceros bicornis minor, D. b. bicornis,Ceratotherium simum simum) within the southern Af-

Page 93: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

90 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Validatory statistical research undertaken by RajanAmin and an MSc student has provided a good testof how reliable different techniques and models arefor predicting the species or source of new rhino hornsamples (that is, ones not used in building the mod-els). The result of this work, which was sponsored bythe Italian-funded SADC Regional Programme forRhino Conservation, confirmed that horn fingerprint-ing can reliably differentiate between species andhorns from different countries or regions. However,jackknife validations of park discrimination modelsconfirmed Richard Emslie’s earlier suspicions—thatsample sizes would need to be increased to more thanthe current four to five samples per park for reliablediscrimination of source within a park or area (un-less one was dealing with a park with very unusualgeology such as Pilanesberg National Park). The nextphase of research is to undertake an experimentalanalysis of additional samples to determine how manysamples per park are required for reliable source dis-crimination at the finer spatial scale.

Dr Amin’s research also found that Bayesian andprobabilistic neural networks produced better dis-

crimination models using fewer variables than theoriginal models developed by Dr Emslie using clas-sical canonical variates analysis (discriminant func-tion analysis). Final horn fingerprinting models andthe resultant user software will therefore be based onneural network analysis.

Other research planned includes investigating theuse of novelty detectors to identify whether or notsamples have come from areas not yet included inthe continental horn-fingerprinting database.

Anglo-American Research Laboratories are alsoapproaching the final stages of developing a standardmulti-element analysis package that will be able to quan-tify the abundance of about 70 rarer elements and iso-topes more cheaply and more accurately (RichardHoldsworth, pers. comm.). Using their Finnegan-Mat-element high-resolution magnetic-sector inductively-coupled-plasma mass-spectrometer, abundance mea-sures can be calibrated against known standards andexpressed in parts per billion. Using the same sampleof horn, but at a different dilution, inductively-coupled-plasma optical-emission-spectroscopy can also be usedto quantify a suite of the commoner elements. These

rican region. Although activity has been reduced be-cause of a pause in funding from the Italian govern-ment for most of 2002, resumption of funding for afurther two years is expected towards the end of thisyear. Since the last edition of Pachyderm, experts inthe programme have worked towards improving man-agement of the black rhinos in Liwonde National Parkin Malawi (ecological and institutional evaluation) andhave supported a study of ecological and human fac-tors limiting the black rhino population of West KuneneRegion in Namibia. Assistance has been provided inthe development of new national rhino conservationstrategies in Botswana and Namibia. The project toimprove the security and management of rhino hornstocks in the SADC region, implemented by TRAF-FIC, has developed a comprehensive rhino horn andproduct database/GIS on horn stockpiles in 41 coun-tries. The latest version (1.31) of the site-level WILDbrhino monitoring database has been issued and is now

in use for several rhino populations in Zimbabwe andBotswana. A national-level version of WILDb will beavailable shortly. This will include automated queriesthat can produce a number of standard SADC RMG(Rhino Management Group) indicators of rhino popu-lation performance. WILDb is also being modified todeal with clean animals, incomplete observations andobserver rating and will be able to generate data inputfiles compatible with RHINO 2.0. The inaugural meet-ing of the SADC Rhino Recovery Group (RRG) washeld in May 2002, with membership from the six SADCcountries involved in present or future projects to rein-troduce rhino populations (Angola, Botswana, Malawi,Mozambique, Tanzania, Zambia). The support and co-ordination enabled by SADC RRG is expected to pro-vide the basis for a sustained effort by member states inre-establishing viable rhino populations using resourcesand expertise drawn from the SADC region.

Horn fingerprinting technique update

Rajan J. Amin1 and Richard H. Emslie 2

1 Zoological Society of London2 IUCN SSC African Rhino Specialist Group/ Ecoscot Consultancy Services

Page 94: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 91

The Kenya rhino programme has translocated numer-ous rhinos to Tsavo East National Park (Galana IPZ).The translocated rhinos are fixed with horn-implanttransmitters or radio collars before they are releasedso that their movements and ranging patterns can betracked. This has been found essential in rhino moni-toring and surveillance.

To consolidate the security of the Tsavo rhinos,rhino staff from Tsavo East and Tsavo West NationalParks (Ngulia Sanctuary) were trained in radio te-lemetry (rhino radio tracking) and the use of globalpositioning system (GPS) receivers. These skills areused for rhino monitoring and security. During thisperiod, selected Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) per-sonnel in veterinary and animal capture units werealso trained in assembling, using and recovering ra-dio collars.

KWS procures radio collars as needed fromabroad. The collars are costly and delivery usuallytakes a long time. This hampers the release of rhi-nos. The delay in delivery and the exorbitant pricesare often attributed to collar assemblage processesinvolving skills that KWS personnel lack.

The training exercise for nine participants was heldbetween 29 October and 3 November 2001 at TsavoEast National Park. Mr Gus van Dyk of North WestParks and Tourism Board in South Africa trained theparticipants in radio collar assembly and telemetry,and Mr George Muriuki, senior research technolo-gist at KWS, trained them in the use of GPS.

data are also calibrated against known standards andexpressed in parts per million. In particular the newmulti-element package is likely to produce repeat-able results into the future. Thus the use of these twotechniques together appears to offer a much cheaperand more efficient way to get reliable, calibrated and

quantitative measures of the abundance of a wholesuite of heavier elements and isotopes. Analysis maycost as little as 100 South African rand (approximatelyUSD 10) per sample.

We will keep readers of Pachyderm informed ofany future developments.

Training in assembling, fixing andrecovering radio collars

In this training exercise, focus was on two KWS per-sonnel from the veterinary and animal capture units.The topics covered included• general information on radio collar and implant

transmitters• introduction to radio collar parts• procedures for fitting radio collars and related

equipment• practical hands-on training in radio collar assem-

bly• recovery of transmitters

Training in radio telemetry

Although the rhino staff at Tsavo East and West Na-tional Parks had undergone basic training in trackingradio-collared animals, a refresher course was neces-sary to improve performance. The focus was on fourrhino officers and two veterinary staff. The two maintopics covered by the training were the introductionto radio telemetry technology and application, anddetailed training in rhino radio tracking techniquesand equipment.

Training in use of GPS receivers

GPS receivers are currently being introduced intorhino sanctuaries in Kenya for use in routine surveil-

Training in radio collar assembly, telemetry and GPS for Tsavoecosystem rhino staff

Benson Okita1 and Martin Mulama2

Kenya Wildlife Service, Rhino Programme, PO Box 40241 Nairobi, Kenya1 Programme Scientist, email: [email protected] Programme Coordinator, email: [email protected]

Page 95: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

92 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

lance and monitoring. The correct and timely use ofthese receivers provides precise information on loca-tion of rhino sightings, carcass sightings, patrol move-ments and illegal activities. It is therefore importantthat the rhino monitoring staff are fully conversantwith GPS technology and the correct use of the equip-ment. Focus was on the rhino monitoring officers.The topics covered included• introduction to coordinate reference systems• introduction to GPS, how it works and what it can

do• different GPS receiver models• the Garmin 12XL, its operational features and setup• Garmin 12XL GPS accuracy and interpretation of

displayed data• downloading of GPS data into a computer and dis-

play of patrol routes, sightings, incidents, and so on• care, risks and troubleshooting of GPS receivers• practical sessions and examination in using the

Garmin 12XLIn all the training, theory lessons were accompanied

by practical sessions. Detailed training manuals thatwere produced formed an important component.

Sustainability

It is expected that the rhino and veterinary officers incharge of radio collar operation from the two parks

will train other KWS staff on a continuous basis. Inthis way, we will ensure that efficient monitoring stan-dards are maintained. These subsequent on-site train-ing courses will also serve to realize the maximumpossible benefit from the original investment.

Main benefits

The training exercise has increased the capability ofthe KWS rhino staff and will lead to improved moni-toring and security for the black rhino populations ofthe Tsavo National Parks, which are key to achievingthe goals of the Kenya black rhino conservation strat-egy. Both aerial and ground monitoring of the rhinoswill improve, and although costs might not be sig-nificantly reduced, the long delays in delivery timewill be alleviated. KWS staff can now easily recovertransmitters.

Funding

The US Fish and Wildlife Service–Rhinoceros andTiger Conservation Fund funded this training exer-cise under a grant agreement with the African Wild-life Foundation, and we are grateful for this support.

Page 96: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 93

Call for proposals

The IUCN/SSC African Elephant Special-ist Group (AfESG) has been awardedfunds by the European Commission ‘topromote applied research and build ca-pacity in African Elephant Range States,while promoting the mission and objec-tives of the African Elephant SpecialistGroup’.

The purpose of this fund is to help AfESGbuild the capacity of African students, re-searchers and organizations, while also in-creasing the growing knowledge base forconserving the species. The funds will bemade available through a competitive pro-cess to African researchers, students andwildlife management authorities (both withinand outside AfESG membership).

Criteria

l The proposal must be aimed at resultsthat are beneficial to conservation of theAfrican elephant and address at least oneof the broad priority issues as identifiedby AfESG, listed in the next column.

l The recipients must be African research-ers, managers, students or orga-nizations.

l The proposal must have clearly stated

goals and objectives and a realistic bud-get and time frame.

l The proposed research methods must bescientifically sound.

l Each proposal should be in the range ofUSD 2000–10,000.

Priority issues

l Law enforcement and anti-poachingl Illegal tradel Habitat lossl Local overpopulation of elephantsl Human–elephant conflictl Elephant surveys (numbers, distribution

and movements). Countries where up-to-date data are virtually non-existentare Angola, Liberia, Sierra Leone, So-malia and Sudan. Proposals aiming tosurvey areas in these countries may begiven priority.

General

The grant recipient must provide a clearlywritten proposal together with a detailedbudget for approval. All activities must belinked to the outputs with clearly statedtime limits. Each activity should be givena cost. Each activity should have a corre-sponding budget line.

The AfESG Small GrantsProgramme

Page 97: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

94 Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002

Aim and scope

Pachyderm publishes papers and notes concerningall aspects of the African elephant, the African rhinoand the Asian rhino with a focus on the conservationand management of these species in the wild. At thesame time, the journal is a platform for dissemina-tion of information concerning the activities of theAfrican Elephant, the African Rhino, and the AsianRhino Specialist Groups of the IUCN Species Sur-vival Commission (SSC).

Submission of manuscripts

Where possible, manuscripts should be submitted bothin hard copy and on floppy disk. Alternatively, thetext can be submitted by email. Whatever media areused, the hard copy of the script must be identical tofloppy or email version.

Contributions should be sent to:The Editor, PachydermIUCN/SSC AfESGPO Box 68200Nairobi, Kenyatel: +254 2 576461; fax: +254 2 570385e-mail: [email protected]

Preparation of manuscripts

Manuscripts are accepted in both English and Frenchlanguages. Where possible, the abstract should beprovided in both languages.

Title and authors: The title should contain as manyof the key words as possible but should not be morethan 25 words long. Follow with the name(s) of theauthor(s) with full postal address(es). Indicate thecorresponding author, to whom proofs and editorialcomments will be sent; give post, fax and email ad-dresses for the corresponding author.

Research papers: Should be not more than 5000words and be structured as follows: 1) Title (as above),2) Abstract of not more than 200 words (informativetype, outlining information from the Introduction,Materials and methods, Results, Discussion, but notdetailed results), 3) additional key words (if any), notappearing in the title. 4) Introduction, 5) Materialsand methods, 6) Results, 7) Discussion, 8) Conclu-sions if appropriate, 9) Acknowledgements (optional,brief), 10) References,11) Tables, 12) Figure andphoto captions, 13) Figures and photos.

Papers may be reports of original biology research orthey may focus more on the socio-economic aspectsof conservation, including market surveys.

Preferably provide figures and maps in their originalform, for example, Excel files, maps as eps or tif files(17 x 15 cm, 600 dpi), when submitting in electronicform. Indicate clearly the author or source of figures,maps and photographs.

Notes from the field: The journal welcomes notesfrom the field. They may contain figures and tablesbut should be brief.

Book reviews: Pachyderm invites reviews of newlypublished books, which should be no more than 1500words long.

Letters to the editor: Letters are welcome that commenton articles published in Pachyderm or on any other issuerelating to elephant and rhino conservation in the wild.

Journal conventions

Nomenclature

Use common names of animals and plants, giving sci-entific names in italics on first mention; include theauthority.

GUIDELINES TO CONTRIBUTORS

Page 98: January - June 2002 Number 32 · Helen van Houten Editorial Assistant Pam Mwagore Editorial Board Holly Dublin Esmond Martin Leo Niskanen Robert Olivier Nico van Strien Lucy Vigne

Pachyderm No. 32 January–June 2002 95

Use an ‘s’ for the plural form for animals: rhinos, el-ephants.

Spelling

Use British spelling, following the latest (10th) edi-tion of the Concise Oxford Dictionary, using ‘z’ in-stead of ‘s’ in words like ‘recognize’, ‘organization’,‘immobilized’; but ‘analyse’, ‘paralyse’.

Numbers

Use SI units for measurement (m, km, g, ha, h) with aspace between the numeral and the unit of measure-ment. Give measurements in figures, for example 12mm, 1 km, 3 ha, except at the beginning of a sentence.

Spell out numbers under 10 if not a unit of measure-ment unless the number is part of a series containingnumbers 10 or over, for example: 14 adult males, 23adult females and 3 juveniles.

In the text, write four-digit numbers without a comma;use a comma as the separator for figures five digitsor more: 1750, 11,750. The separator will be a fullstop in French papers.

References

Use the author-year method of citing and listing ref-erences.

In the text, cite two authors: ‘(X and Y 1999)’ or ‘Xand Y (1999)’; cite more than two authors ‘(X et al.1996)’ or ‘X et al. (1996)’. Note that there is no commabetween the author(s) and the year.

In the reference list, cite publications as follows. Listin alphabetical order. Write out journal titles in full.

Adams, J.X. 1995b. Seizures and prosecutions. TRAFFICBulletin 15(3):118.

Dobson, A.P., and May, R.M. 1986. Disease and conserva-tion. In: M.E. Soulé, ed., Conservation biology: The sci-ence of scarcity and diversity . Sinauer Associates,Sunderland, MA. p. 123–142.

Struhsaker, T.T., Lwanga, J.S., and Kasenene, J.M. 1996.Elephants, selective logging and forest regeneration inthe Kibale Forest, Uganda. Journal of Tropical Ecology12:45–64.

Sukumar, R. 1989. The Asian elephant: ecology and man-agement. Cambridge Studies in Applied Ecology andResource Management. Cambridge University Press,Cambridge.

Cite unpublished reports as follows:Tchamba, M.N. 1996. Elephants and their interactions with

people and vegetation in the Waza-Logone region,Cameroon. PhD thesis, University of Utrecht, The Neth-erlands. 142 p. Unpublished.

Woodford, M.H. 2001. [Title]. [Journal or publisher].Forthcoming. [if publication date is known]

Woodford, M.H. [Title]. [Journal or publisher]. Forthcom-ing. [if publication date is not known]

Government reports, reports to wildlife departments, MSctheses, PhD theses, etc. are to be noted as unpublished.

Not accepted as references are papers in preparation or sub-mitted but not yet accepted.

‘Pers. comm.’ accompanied by the date and name of the per-son are cited in the text but not given in the reference list.